1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
28 /* Don't generate unused section symbols. */
29 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS false
37 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
38 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
41 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
42 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
44 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
45 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
46 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
47 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
48 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
49 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
50 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
51 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
57 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
58 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
59 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
60 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
61 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
62 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
63 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
64 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
65 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bool);
67 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
68 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
69 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
70 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
71 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
72 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
73 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
74 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
75 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
76 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
77 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
79 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
80 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
81 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
82 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
83 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
84 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
85 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
86 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
87 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
88 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
89 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
91 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
93 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
95 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
96 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
98 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
99 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
100 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
102 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
103 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
104 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
105 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
106 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
107 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
108 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
109 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
111 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
112 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
113 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
114 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
115 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
116 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
117 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
118 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
119 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
120 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_edit
121 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
122 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
123 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
124 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
125 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
126 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
127 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
128 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
129 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
130 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
131 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
132 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
133 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
134 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
136 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
138 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
140 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
141 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
142 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
144 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
145 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
147 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
149 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
150 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
151 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
152 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
153 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
155 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
156 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
157 /* TOC base alignment. */
158 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
160 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
161 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
162 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
164 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
165 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
166 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
167 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
168 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
169 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
170 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
171 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
172 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
173 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
175 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
176 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
177 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
178 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
179 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
181 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
182 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
183 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
184 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
185 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
186 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
187 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
189 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
193 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
194 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
195 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
197 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
198 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
199 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
200 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
203 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
204 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
205 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
206 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
207 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
208 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
209 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
210 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
211 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
212 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
213 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
214 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
215 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
217 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in
218 R0 for ELFv1, and the address of a glink branch in R12 for ELFv2. */
219 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
220 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : htab->has_plt_localentry0 ? 14 * 4 : 13 * 4))
224 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
225 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
227 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
228 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
229 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
230 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
237 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
238 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
239 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
240 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
241 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
242 #define LD_R0_0R11 0xe80b0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r11) */
243 #define ADD_R11_R0_R11 0x7d605a14 /* add %r11,%r0,%r11 */
246 #define NOP 0x60000000
248 /* Some other nops. */
249 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
250 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
252 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
253 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
254 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
256 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
258 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
259 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
261 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
262 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
263 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
264 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
265 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
266 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
267 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
268 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
269 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
270 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
271 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
272 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
274 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
275 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
276 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
277 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
278 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
279 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
283 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
287 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
289 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
293 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
295 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
296 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
299 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
300 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
301 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
302 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
303 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
304 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
305 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
306 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
307 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
308 complain, special_func) \
309 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
310 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
311 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
313 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
315 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
317 /* This reloc does nothing. */
318 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
322 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
323 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
325 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
326 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
327 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, false, bitfield
,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
331 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
335 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
339 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
343 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
344 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
347 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
348 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
349 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
350 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
352 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
353 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
354 bits must be zero. */
355 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
356 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
358 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
359 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
360 two bits must be zero. */
361 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
362 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
364 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
365 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
366 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
368 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
369 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
370 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
372 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
373 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
374 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
376 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
377 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
379 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
380 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
382 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
383 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
385 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
386 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
388 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
390 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
391 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
393 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
395 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
396 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
398 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
400 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
401 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
403 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
405 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
406 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
408 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
409 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
410 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
411 shared library into the object, because the object being
412 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
413 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
414 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
418 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
419 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
422 entry for a symbol. */
423 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
424 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
426 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
427 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
429 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
430 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
432 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
433 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
434 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
436 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
437 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
438 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
440 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
441 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, signed,
442 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
444 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
445 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
446 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
448 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
449 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
450 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, signed,
451 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
455 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
456 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
458 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
460 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
461 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
465 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
466 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
469 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
470 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
472 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
473 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
474 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
476 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
477 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
478 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
480 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
481 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
482 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
484 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, true, dont
,
486 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
488 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
490 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
491 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
492 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
494 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
495 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
496 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
498 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
499 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
500 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
503 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
504 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
505 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
507 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
508 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
509 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
512 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
513 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
514 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
516 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
517 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, true, dont
,
518 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
520 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
521 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
522 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
524 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
526 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
527 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, true, dont
,
528 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
531 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
532 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
533 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
535 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
536 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
537 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
538 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
540 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
546 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
548 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
549 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
550 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
552 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
553 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
554 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
555 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
557 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
558 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
559 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
560 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
561 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
562 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
563 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
564 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
565 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
566 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false,signed,
567 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
569 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
570 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
571 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
572 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
574 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
580 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
582 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
583 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
584 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
586 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
587 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
588 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
590 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
591 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
592 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
594 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
595 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
596 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
598 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
599 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
600 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
602 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
603 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
604 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
606 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
607 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
608 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
610 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
611 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
612 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
614 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
615 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
616 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
618 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
619 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
620 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
622 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
623 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
624 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
625 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
628 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
629 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
630 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
632 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
633 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
634 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
636 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
637 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
639 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
640 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
642 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
643 each plt call stub. */
644 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
648 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
649 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
651 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
652 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
654 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
655 definition of its TLS sym. */
656 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
657 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
659 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
660 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
661 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
662 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
663 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
666 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
667 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
669 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
670 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
671 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
673 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
674 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
675 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
677 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
678 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
679 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
681 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
682 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
683 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
685 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
686 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
687 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
689 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
690 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
691 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
693 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
694 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
695 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
697 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
698 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
699 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
701 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
702 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
703 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
705 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
706 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
707 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
708 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
710 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
711 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
712 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
714 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
715 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
716 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
718 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
719 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
720 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
722 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
723 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
724 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
726 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
727 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
728 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
730 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
731 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
732 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
734 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
735 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
736 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
738 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
739 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
740 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
742 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
743 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
744 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
746 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
747 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
748 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
750 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
751 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
752 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
753 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
754 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
756 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
757 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
758 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
760 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
761 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
762 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
764 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
765 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
766 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
768 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
769 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
770 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
771 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
772 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
774 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
775 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
776 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
778 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
779 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
780 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
782 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
783 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
784 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
786 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
787 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
788 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
789 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
791 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
792 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
793 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
795 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
796 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
797 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
799 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
800 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
801 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
803 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
804 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
805 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
806 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
808 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
809 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
810 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
812 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
813 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
817 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
818 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
820 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
821 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
823 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
824 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
826 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
827 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
828 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
830 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
831 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
832 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
834 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
835 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, signed,
836 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
838 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
839 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
840 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, signed,
843 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
844 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
846 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
849 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, true, dont
,
850 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
852 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, true, dont
,
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, true, dont
,
856 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
858 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, true, dont
,
861 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
862 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
865 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
866 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
869 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
870 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
871 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
873 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
874 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
877 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
878 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
879 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
881 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
882 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
883 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
885 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
886 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
887 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
889 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
890 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
891 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
893 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
894 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
898 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
899 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
901 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
902 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
904 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
905 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
907 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
908 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
910 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
911 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
913 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
914 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
916 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, false, dont
,
917 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
919 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, false, dont
,
920 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
922 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
923 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
925 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
926 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
928 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
929 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
931 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
932 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
934 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
935 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
937 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
938 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
940 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
941 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
943 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
944 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
946 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
947 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
949 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
950 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
952 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, false, dont
,
953 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
955 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, false, dont
,
958 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, false, dont
,
959 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
961 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, false, dont
,
964 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, true, dont
,
965 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
967 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, true, dont
,
970 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, true, dont
,
971 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
973 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, true, dont
,
976 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
977 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
979 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
980 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
982 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
983 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
986 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
987 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
992 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
996 ppc_howto_init (void)
998 unsigned int i
, type
;
1000 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1002 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
1003 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
1004 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1008 static reloc_howto_type
*
1009 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1011 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1013 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1014 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1020 /* xgettext:c-format */
1021 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1023 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1026 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1142 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1146 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1148 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1150 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1311 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1313 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1315 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1317 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1319 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1323 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1326 static reloc_howto_type
*
1327 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1330 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1331 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1332 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1333 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1334 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1337 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1338 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1339 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1340 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1342 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1344 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1345 completely unnecessary. */
1346 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1347 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1349 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1350 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1351 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1357 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1360 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1361 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1365 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1366 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1369 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1370 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1372 /* xgettext:c-format */
1373 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1375 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1378 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1379 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1381 /* xgettext:c-format */
1382 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1384 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1391 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1393 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1394 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1395 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1396 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1398 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1400 bfd_size_type octets
;
1403 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1404 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1406 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1407 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1408 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1410 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1411 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1413 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1414 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1415 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1416 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1417 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1418 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1420 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1421 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1422 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1425 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1426 value
= symbol
->value
;
1427 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1428 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1429 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1430 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1431 + input_section
->output_offset
1432 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1433 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1435 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1436 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1438 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1439 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1440 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1441 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1442 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1445 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1446 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1447 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1448 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1450 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1451 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1452 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1454 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1455 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1457 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1458 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1460 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1461 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1462 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1463 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1467 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1469 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1470 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1471 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1475 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1477 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1479 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1481 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1487 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1489 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1492 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1493 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1494 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1495 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1498 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1499 bfd_size_type octets
;
1500 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1501 bool is_isa_v2
= true;
1503 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1504 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1506 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1507 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1508 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1510 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1511 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1512 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1513 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1514 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1516 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1520 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1521 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1522 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1523 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1525 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1535 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1536 target
= symbol
->value
;
1537 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1538 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1539 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1541 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1542 + input_section
->output_offset
1543 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1545 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1546 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1549 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1551 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1552 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1555 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1556 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1557 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1558 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1560 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1561 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1563 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1564 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1565 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1567 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1568 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1569 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1572 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1573 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1574 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1575 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1577 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1578 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1580 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1581 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1582 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1584 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1585 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1587 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1588 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1589 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1592 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1593 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1594 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1595 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1599 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1600 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1602 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1603 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1604 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1606 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1608 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1610 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1611 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1612 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1615 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1616 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1617 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1618 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1622 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1623 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1625 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1626 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1627 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1629 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1631 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1633 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1634 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1636 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1637 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1638 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1641 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1642 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1643 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1644 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1647 bfd_size_type octets
;
1649 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1650 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1652 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1653 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1654 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1656 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1658 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1660 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1661 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1662 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1665 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1666 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1667 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1668 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1673 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1674 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1675 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1677 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1679 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1681 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1682 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1683 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1684 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1685 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1686 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1688 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1690 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1691 + input_section
->output_offset
1692 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1695 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1696 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1697 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1698 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1699 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1700 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1701 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1702 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1703 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1704 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1707 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1708 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1709 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1710 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1712 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1713 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1715 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1716 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1717 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1719 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1721 static char *message
;
1723 if (asprintf (&message
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
1724 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
) < 0)
1726 *error_message
= message
;
1728 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1731 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1732 than one got entry per symbol. */
1735 struct got_entry
*next
;
1737 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1740 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1741 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1742 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1743 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1744 we merge entries within the group.
1746 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1749 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1750 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1751 unsigned char tls_type
;
1753 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1754 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1756 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1759 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1761 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1765 /* The same for PLT. */
1768 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1774 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1779 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1781 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1783 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1787 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1788 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1789 asection
*deleted_section
;
1791 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1792 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1793 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1797 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1798 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1800 /* Section contents. */
1804 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1805 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1806 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1808 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1809 instruction not one we handle. */
1810 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1812 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1814 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1817 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1818 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1820 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1821 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1823 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1824 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1825 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1827 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1830 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1832 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1836 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1837 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1840 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1842 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1845 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1847 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1849 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1851 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1852 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1853 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1856 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1859 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1862 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1864 size_t offset
, size
;
1866 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1870 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1873 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1879 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1880 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1881 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1885 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1887 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1891 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1892 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1893 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1894 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1895 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1901 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1911 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1914 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1915 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1916 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1917 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1919 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1920 -Wstringop-truncation:
1921 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1923 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1925 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1926 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1930 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1931 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1942 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1943 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1944 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1945 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1946 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1947 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1948 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1949 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1950 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1952 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1953 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1958 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1960 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1962 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1963 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1964 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1965 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1966 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1967 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1968 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1971 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1977 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1979 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1983 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1984 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1985 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1986 struct _opd_sec_data
1988 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1989 asection
**func_sec
;
1991 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1995 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1996 struct _toc_sec_data
1998 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
2001 /* And the relocation addend. */
2006 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
2008 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2009 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2010 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2012 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2013 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2015 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2017 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2020 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2021 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2024 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2026 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2028 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2029 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2031 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2034 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2037 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2041 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2043 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2045 if (startswith (name
, ".sbss")
2046 || startswith (name
, ".sdata"))
2047 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2052 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2053 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2056 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2057 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2058 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2062 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2063 static bool synthetic_relocatable
;
2064 static const asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2066 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2069 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2071 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2072 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2074 /* Section symbols first. */
2075 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2077 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2080 /* then .opd symbols. */
2081 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2083 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2084 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2086 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2087 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2091 /* then other code symbols. */
2092 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2093 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2094 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2095 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2098 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2099 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2100 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2101 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2104 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2106 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2109 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2113 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2116 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2119 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2120 syms over other syms. */
2121 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2124 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2127 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2130 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2133 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2136 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2139 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2142 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2145 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2146 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2147 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2148 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2149 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2150 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2158 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2161 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2166 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2170 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2171 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2173 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2183 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2184 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2186 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2188 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2190 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2200 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2202 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2203 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2204 && section
->vma
<= vma
2205 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2208 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2209 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2210 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2213 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2214 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2215 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2221 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2222 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2223 bool relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2225 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2231 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2232 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2244 symcount
= static_count
;
2246 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2250 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2254 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2256 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2257 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2258 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2259 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2261 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2262 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2264 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2266 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2267 function, and notype symbols. */
2268 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2269 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2270 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2271 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2274 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2275 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2276 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2278 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2280 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2281 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2282 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2283 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2284 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2285 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2286 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2288 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2289 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2291 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2292 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2293 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2294 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2295 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2301 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2302 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2303 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2304 to this function is the real binary. */
2305 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
2306 && strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2310 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2311 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2312 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2313 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2314 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2318 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2319 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2323 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2324 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2328 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2329 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2330 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2331 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2339 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
2344 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2347 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2348 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2352 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, false))
2359 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2363 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2364 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2367 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2370 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2373 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2376 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2377 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2378 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2381 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2382 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2388 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2395 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2397 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2401 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2402 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2405 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2408 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2411 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2414 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2415 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2416 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2421 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2422 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2423 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2426 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2427 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2429 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2430 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2431 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2438 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
2439 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2441 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2442 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2443 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2446 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2448 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2450 free_contents_and_exit
:
2456 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2460 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2461 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2464 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2465 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2468 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2469 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2473 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2475 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2477 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2479 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2481 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2482 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2484 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2485 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2488 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2489 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2491 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2492 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2494 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2497 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2499 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2500 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2501 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2502 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2503 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2504 glink stubs now reside. */
2505 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2516 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2517 from the first glink stub. */
2519 unsigned int off
= 0;
2521 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2522 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2524 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2526 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2529 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2538 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2540 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2543 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2544 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, true))
2545 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2547 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2548 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2550 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2551 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2553 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2555 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2561 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2562 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2564 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2566 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2568 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2572 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2575 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2576 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2580 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2587 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2588 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2590 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2594 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2599 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2600 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2602 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2606 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2608 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2610 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2613 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2614 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2617 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2618 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2620 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2621 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2622 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2628 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2632 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2633 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2635 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2637 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2639 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2640 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2641 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2646 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2647 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2648 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2649 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2650 a) finding the stubs, and,
2651 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2652 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2654 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2655 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2656 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2657 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2658 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2659 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2660 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2661 for pending shared library loads. */
2662 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2663 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2667 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2668 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2669 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2670 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2671 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2672 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2674 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2677 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2678 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2682 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2683 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2684 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2685 names
+= strlen (names
);
2687 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2688 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2708 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2709 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2710 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2711 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2712 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2713 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2716 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2717 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2718 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2725 The function definition in another object file might be:
2729 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2735 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2736 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2737 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2738 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2739 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2747 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2748 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2749 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2757 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2759 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2760 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2763 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2764 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2765 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2766 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2767 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2768 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2769 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2770 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2771 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2772 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2773 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2774 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2776 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2777 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2778 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2780 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2781 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2782 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2785 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2786 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2791 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2792 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2793 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2794 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2801 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2802 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2803 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2804 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2805 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2810 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2811 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2812 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2813 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2814 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2815 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2816 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2817 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2818 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2819 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2820 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2821 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2822 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2823 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2824 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2828 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2829 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2830 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2831 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2832 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2833 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2834 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2835 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2836 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2837 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2838 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2839 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2840 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2841 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2842 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2843 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2845 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2847 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2850 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2851 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2852 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2855 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2856 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2857 reach its destination.
2858 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2859 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2864 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2865 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2866 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2867 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2868 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2869 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2871 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2872 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2875 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2876 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2877 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2879 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2880 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2883 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2885 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2886 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2887 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2888 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2892 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2893 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2894 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2895 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2896 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2897 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2898 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2899 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2900 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2901 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2902 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2908 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2909 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2912 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2918 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2919 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2921 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2922 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2923 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2927 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2933 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2934 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2936 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2937 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2938 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2942 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2943 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2944 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2946 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2947 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2948 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2950 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2951 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2954 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2955 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2956 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2958 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2959 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2963 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2964 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2965 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2967 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2971 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2972 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2973 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2974 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2975 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2976 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2977 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2978 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2979 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2980 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2981 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2982 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2983 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2984 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2985 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2986 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2987 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2988 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2989 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2995 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2996 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2997 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2998 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2999 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
3000 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
3001 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
3002 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
3004 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
3005 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
3006 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
3007 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3011 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3014 /* The stub section. */
3016 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3019 struct map_stub
*next
;
3020 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3023 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3024 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3025 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3026 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3027 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3028 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3029 unsigned int eh_size
;
3030 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3031 unsigned int eh_base
;
3034 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3036 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3037 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3039 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3041 /* Group information. */
3042 struct map_stub
*group
;
3044 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3045 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3047 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3048 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3049 bfd_vma target_value
;
3050 asection
*target_section
;
3052 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3053 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3054 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3057 unsigned char symtype
;
3059 /* Symbol st_other. */
3060 unsigned char other
;
3063 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3065 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3066 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3068 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3069 unsigned int offset
;
3071 /* Generation marker. */
3075 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3076 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3078 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3080 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3083 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3084 unsigned int count
: 31;
3086 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3087 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3090 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3092 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3096 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3098 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3100 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3101 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3104 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3105 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3107 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3108 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3109 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3110 unsigned int fake
:1;
3112 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3113 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3114 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3115 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3117 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3118 with non-standard calling convention. */
3119 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3121 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3122 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3123 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3125 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3126 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3127 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3128 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3129 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3130 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3131 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3132 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3133 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3134 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3135 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3136 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3137 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3138 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3139 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3140 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3141 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3143 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3144 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3145 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3146 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3147 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3150 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3151 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3153 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3156 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3157 elf_hash_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3159 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3162 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3164 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3166 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3168 /* The stub hash table. */
3169 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3171 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3172 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3174 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3175 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3177 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3178 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3180 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3181 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3183 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3184 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3185 non-ppc64 sections. */
3188 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3193 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3194 struct map_stub
*group
;
3195 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3200 /* Linked list of groups. */
3201 struct map_stub
*group
;
3203 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3206 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3208 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3209 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3211 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3213 asection
*global_entry
;
3216 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3219 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3221 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3222 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3223 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3224 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3225 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3226 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3228 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3229 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3232 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3234 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3235 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3237 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3238 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3240 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3241 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3242 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3243 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3244 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3246 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3247 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3249 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3250 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3253 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3255 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3256 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3258 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3259 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3261 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3262 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3264 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3265 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3267 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3268 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3271 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3274 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3275 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3277 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3279 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3281 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3282 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3284 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3286 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3288 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3289 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3290 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3292 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3294 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3295 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
3296 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC64_ELF_DATA) \
3297 ? (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
3299 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3300 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3301 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3303 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3304 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3305 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3307 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3309 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3310 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3311 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3314 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3318 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3323 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3324 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3327 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3329 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3330 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3331 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3333 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3334 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3335 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3344 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3346 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3347 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3348 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3351 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3355 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3360 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3361 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3364 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3366 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3367 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3375 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3377 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3378 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3379 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3382 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3386 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3391 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3392 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3395 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3397 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3398 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3399 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3401 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3402 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3403 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3404 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3406 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3407 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3409 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3411 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3412 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3413 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3415 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3417 if (string
[0] == '.')
3419 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3421 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3422 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3423 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3430 struct tocsave_entry
3437 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3439 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3440 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3444 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3446 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3447 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3448 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3451 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3454 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3456 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3458 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3459 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3460 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3461 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3462 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3463 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3466 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3468 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3469 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3471 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3472 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3474 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3478 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3479 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3486 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3487 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3488 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3490 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3494 /* And the branch hash table. */
3495 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3496 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3498 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3499 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3503 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3507 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3509 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3512 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3514 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3515 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3516 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3517 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3518 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3519 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3520 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3521 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3522 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3523 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3524 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3525 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3527 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3530 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3533 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3535 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3538 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3540 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3541 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3542 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3544 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3545 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3547 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3548 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3552 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3555 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3556 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3558 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3559 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3562 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3563 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3564 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3566 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3567 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3570 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3572 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3573 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3574 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3577 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3578 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3582 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3583 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3584 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3585 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3588 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3589 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3591 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3592 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3593 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3596 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3597 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3598 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3599 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3601 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3602 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3605 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3607 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3609 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3610 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3613 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3616 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3617 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3619 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3620 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3621 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3625 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3626 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3627 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3633 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3636 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3637 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3639 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3641 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3643 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3644 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3645 the start of the output TOC section. */
3646 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3647 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3648 htab
->params
= params
;
3650 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3653 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3656 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3657 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3658 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3659 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3664 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3665 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3666 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3667 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3671 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3672 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3673 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3676 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3677 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3678 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3679 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3683 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3684 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3685 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3688 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3689 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3690 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3691 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3692 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3694 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3695 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3699 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3700 specified (or is auto) then calls using @notoc relocations that
3701 need a stub will utilize power10 instructions in the stub, and
3702 calls without @notoc relocations will not use power10 instructions.
3703 The two classes of stubs are stored in separate stub_hash_table
3704 entries having the same key string. The two entries will always be
3705 adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash table resizing
3706 occurs. This function selects the correct entry to use. */
3708 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3709 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
, bool notoc
)
3713 have_notoc
= (entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
3714 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
3715 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
3717 if (have_notoc
!= notoc
)
3719 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3721 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3723 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3730 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3731 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3733 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3734 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3735 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3736 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3737 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3738 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3740 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3741 struct map_stub
*group
;
3743 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3744 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3745 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3746 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3747 distinguish between them. */
3748 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3752 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3753 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3754 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3756 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3762 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3763 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3766 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3767 stub_name
, false, false);
3769 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3774 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3776 bool notoc
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
3778 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
3784 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3785 stub entry are initialised. */
3787 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3788 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3790 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3792 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3793 struct map_stub
*group
;
3796 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3798 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3799 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3800 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3801 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3807 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3808 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3809 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3813 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3814 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3815 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3816 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3818 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3821 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3822 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3824 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3826 /* xgettext:c-format */
3827 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3828 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3832 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3833 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3837 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3838 not already done. */
3841 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3843 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3845 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3847 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3853 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3856 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3857 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3859 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3861 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3864 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3865 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3867 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3870 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3871 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3875 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3877 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3878 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3880 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3881 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3886 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3887 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3889 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3892 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3893 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3895 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3898 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3901 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3902 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3904 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3906 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3908 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3909 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3911 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3913 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3915 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3916 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3918 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3925 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3928 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3929 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3933 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3936 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3937 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3938 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3940 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3942 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3943 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3945 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3946 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3947 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3948 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3949 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3951 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3952 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3953 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3954 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3955 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3956 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3957 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3959 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3960 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3961 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3962 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3963 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3965 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3968 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3969 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3971 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3973 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3974 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3976 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3977 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3978 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3980 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3982 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3983 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3985 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3986 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3993 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3996 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3997 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4000 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
4001 symbol which just became indirect. */
4002 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4004 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4006 struct got_entry
**entp
;
4007 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4009 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
4011 struct got_entry
*dent
;
4013 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
4014 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
4015 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
4016 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4018 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4025 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4028 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4029 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4032 /* And plt entries. */
4033 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4035 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4037 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4038 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4039 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4040 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4041 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4042 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4043 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4047 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4048 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4050 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4051 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4053 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4057 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4059 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4060 false, false, false));
4064 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4070 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4071 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4076 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4078 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4079 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4080 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4082 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4083 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4084 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4085 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4089 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4090 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4091 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4092 NULL
, false, false, &bh
))
4095 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4096 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4098 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4105 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4109 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4110 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4111 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4113 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4118 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4122 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4123 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4124 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4126 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4127 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4128 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4129 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4130 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4131 false) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4132 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4134 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4135 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4138 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4139 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4140 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4142 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4144 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4147 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4149 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4150 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4151 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4153 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4154 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4163 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4166 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4167 unsigned int st_other
,
4171 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4172 h
->other
= ((st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4173 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4176 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4177 we now have a real symbol. */
4180 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4181 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4182 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4183 bool newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4184 bool olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4185 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4186 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4188 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4189 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4190 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4194 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4195 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4196 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4197 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4199 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
4200 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4201 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4204 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4208 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4210 && ppc_hash_table (info
) != NULL
4211 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4212 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4213 && !((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->fake
)
4219 len
= strlen (name
);
4220 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4221 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4222 return (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4224 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4225 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4226 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4230 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4231 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4235 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4236 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4237 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4238 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4239 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4240 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4241 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4242 function entry symbol is used. */
4245 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4247 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4248 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4250 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4251 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4253 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4256 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4259 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4263 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4265 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4266 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4267 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4268 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4270 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4271 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4273 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4280 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4281 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4283 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4284 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4285 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4286 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4287 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4288 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4290 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4291 descriptor symbol. */
4292 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4293 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4294 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4295 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4297 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4298 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4299 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4300 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4301 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4302 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4303 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4304 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4306 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4314 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4315 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4318 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4320 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4321 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4322 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4324 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4326 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4327 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4329 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4330 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4331 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4333 /* xgettext:c-format */
4334 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4335 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4336 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4341 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4343 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4344 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4345 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4346 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4347 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4348 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4349 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4350 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4351 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4352 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4355 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4359 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4360 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4361 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4362 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4363 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4364 && info
->gc_sections
)
4366 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4367 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4368 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4369 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4370 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4371 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4372 information about the associated function section. */
4374 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4376 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4378 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4379 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4380 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4382 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4383 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4387 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4388 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4389 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4391 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4392 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4394 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4395 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4396 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4398 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4401 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, ibfd
,
4405 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4410 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4411 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4412 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4415 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4419 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4420 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4423 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4425 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4426 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4427 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4428 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4430 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4431 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4434 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4439 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4440 not to be needed. */
4443 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4444 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4445 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4447 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4449 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4454 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4456 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4459 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4460 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4463 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4465 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4466 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4467 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4469 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4470 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4471 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4473 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4476 static struct plt_entry
**
4477 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4478 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4480 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4481 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4482 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4484 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4486 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4488 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4489 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4490 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4491 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4492 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4494 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4497 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4499 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4501 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4502 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4503 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4504 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4508 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4509 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4512 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4513 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4515 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4516 ent
->is_indirect
= false;
4517 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4518 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4520 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4523 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4524 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4525 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4527 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4531 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4533 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4535 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4536 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4540 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4541 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4545 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4546 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4549 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4554 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4556 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4557 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4558 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4559 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4560 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4561 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4562 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4563 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4564 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4565 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4566 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4569 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4572 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4574 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4575 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4576 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4577 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4578 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4579 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4580 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4581 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4584 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4585 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4586 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4589 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4590 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4592 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4593 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4594 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4595 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4596 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4598 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4601 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4604 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4606 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4610 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4611 false, false, true);
4612 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4613 false, false, true);
4614 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4615 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4617 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4618 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4619 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4621 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4622 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4623 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4625 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4626 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4628 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4629 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4633 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4634 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4636 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4637 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4640 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4644 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4645 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4646 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4648 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4649 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4650 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4651 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4652 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4655 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4656 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4657 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4658 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4659 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4667 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4668 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4669 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4670 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4671 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4672 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4673 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4674 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4675 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4676 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4677 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4678 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4679 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4680 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4681 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4682 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4683 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4684 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4685 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4686 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4695 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4698 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4708 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4710 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4712 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4723 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4724 its parameter symbol. */
4726 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4728 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4730 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4732 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4735 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4736 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4737 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4738 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4739 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4740 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4743 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4744 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4745 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4746 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4747 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4748 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4751 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4752 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4753 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4754 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4755 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4756 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4757 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4758 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4761 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4762 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4763 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4764 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4765 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4766 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4768 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4772 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4773 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4774 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4775 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4776 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4777 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4779 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4780 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4781 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4782 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4783 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4784 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4785 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4786 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4788 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4789 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4792 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4793 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4798 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4799 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4801 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4802 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4803 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4804 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4805 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4809 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4810 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4813 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4814 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4816 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4817 ent
->is_indirect
= false;
4818 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4819 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4821 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4822 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4825 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4826 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4827 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4831 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4832 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4833 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4834 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4835 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4836 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4839 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4844 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4845 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4846 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4847 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4848 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4850 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4851 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4853 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4854 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4858 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4859 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4860 section relative. */
4861 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4862 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4863 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4864 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4865 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4866 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4867 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4868 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4869 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4870 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4871 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4872 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4873 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4874 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4875 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4876 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4877 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4878 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4883 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4884 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4885 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4886 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4887 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4888 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4889 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4890 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4891 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4892 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4893 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4894 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4895 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4896 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4899 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4900 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4901 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4903 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4905 /* xgettext:c-format */
4906 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4907 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4908 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4909 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4910 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4916 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4917 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4918 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4920 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4921 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4922 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4923 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4924 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4925 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4927 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4929 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4930 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4931 these relocations is emitted. */
4941 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4942 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4943 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4944 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4948 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4949 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4950 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4951 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4956 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4957 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4959 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4961 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4962 we are going to need a stub. */
4965 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4966 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4967 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4968 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4972 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4974 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4979 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4983 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4987 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4988 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4989 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4993 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4999 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
5000 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
5001 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5003 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
5005 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5007 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
5008 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
5009 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
5013 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
5014 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
5016 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5019 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5020 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5022 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5026 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5027 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5028 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5029 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5032 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5033 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5034 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5035 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5038 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5039 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5040 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5041 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5042 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5044 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5047 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5048 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5050 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5051 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5052 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5053 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5057 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5059 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5061 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5062 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5065 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5066 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5070 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5071 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5072 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5073 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5075 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5076 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5077 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5079 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5080 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5082 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5083 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5084 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5086 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5087 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5088 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5089 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5090 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5091 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5094 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5095 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5096 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5097 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5098 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5099 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5100 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5101 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5102 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5104 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5105 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5106 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5107 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5108 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5109 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5110 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5113 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5115 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5116 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5119 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5123 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5124 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5125 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5126 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5127 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5128 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5129 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5130 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5131 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5132 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5133 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5134 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5136 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5137 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5138 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5139 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5140 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5141 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5142 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5144 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5145 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5147 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5148 function in a shared lib. */
5149 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5151 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5158 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5159 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5160 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5161 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5163 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5164 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5167 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5168 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5171 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5172 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5173 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5174 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5175 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5176 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5177 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5178 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5179 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5180 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5181 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5182 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5183 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5184 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5185 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5188 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5189 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5190 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5194 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5195 || !h
->def_regular
))
5197 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5198 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5199 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5200 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5201 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5204 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5205 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5209 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5210 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
5216 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5217 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5220 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5221 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5223 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5225 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5227 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5237 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5242 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5243 We really need local syms available to do this
5245 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5246 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5250 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5252 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
5257 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5261 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5262 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5263 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5265 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5267 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5269 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5275 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5291 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5292 object file when linking. */
5295 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5297 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5298 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5300 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5303 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5306 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5309 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5310 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5312 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5315 /* xgettext:c-format */
5316 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5317 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5320 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5323 /* xgettext:c-format */
5324 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5325 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5326 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5330 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5333 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5334 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5338 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5340 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5341 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5343 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5347 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5348 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5350 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5351 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5352 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5359 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5360 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5361 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5364 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5366 asection
**code_sec
,
5370 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5371 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5372 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5375 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5376 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5377 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5379 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5381 if (contents
== NULL
)
5383 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5384 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5385 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5388 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5389 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5390 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5392 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5393 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5395 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5401 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5407 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5409 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5410 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5415 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5416 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5422 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5424 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5426 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, true);
5427 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5429 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5431 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5433 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5437 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5438 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5440 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5444 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5446 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5447 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5449 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5450 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5452 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5453 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5455 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5456 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5458 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5459 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5462 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5463 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5464 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5466 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5468 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5469 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5476 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5478 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5480 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5483 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5484 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5489 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5495 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5501 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5504 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5505 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5508 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5509 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5511 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5513 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5518 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5519 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5528 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5529 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5530 otherwise return zero. */
5532 static bfd_size_type
5533 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5537 elf_symbol_type
* elf_sym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) sym
;
5539 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5540 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5543 size
= (sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
) ? 0 : elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5545 /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
5546 _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
5547 symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
5548 we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
5549 This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
5550 and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
5552 && ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_LOCAL
)) == BSF_LOCAL
)
5553 && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_NOTYPE
5554 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
5557 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5559 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5560 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5563 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5564 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5566 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5567 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5568 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5569 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5575 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5576 &sec
, code_off
, true) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5578 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5579 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5580 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5581 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5582 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5583 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5584 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5585 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5586 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5587 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5588 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5589 disable caching for such functions. */
5595 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5597 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5600 /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
5601 return size
? size
: 1;
5604 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5605 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5606 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5609 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5612 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5613 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5614 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5615 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5616 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5617 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5620 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5623 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5625 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5626 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5627 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5628 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5631 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5632 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5634 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5635 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5637 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5639 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5640 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5641 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5647 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5648 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5650 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5651 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5654 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5656 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5657 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5658 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5664 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5665 value in the output file. */
5668 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5670 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5671 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5672 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5675 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5678 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5679 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5681 return (h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
)
5682 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc_fd
)
5683 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
)
5684 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc
));
5687 static bool func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5689 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5692 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5694 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5696 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5698 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5699 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5701 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5704 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5707 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5709 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5710 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5715 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5717 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5720 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5721 false, false, true));
5724 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5725 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5728 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5731 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5732 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5734 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5735 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5736 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5737 &sec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5738 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5740 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5741 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5745 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5746 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5750 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5752 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5753 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5754 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5755 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5757 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5758 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5762 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5763 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5764 && (!eh
->elf
.start_stop
5765 || eh
->elf
.root
.ldscript_def
5766 || !info
->start_stop_gc
)
5767 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5768 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5769 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5770 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5771 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5772 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5773 || info
->export_dynamic
5776 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5777 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5778 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5779 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5780 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5783 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5785 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5787 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5788 function code sym section to be marked. */
5789 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5792 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5793 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5795 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5796 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5797 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5798 &code_sec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5799 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5805 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5809 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5810 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5811 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5812 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5813 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5817 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5818 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5820 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5825 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5826 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5828 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5831 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5832 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5836 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5838 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5839 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5840 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5841 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5844 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5845 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5846 against garbage collection. */
5848 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5849 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5853 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5854 function code sym section to be marked. */
5855 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5858 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5859 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5861 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5863 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5864 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5865 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5866 &rsec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5867 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5869 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5872 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5873 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5877 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5883 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5885 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5886 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5887 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5891 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5898 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5899 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5901 struct sfpr_def_parms
5903 const char name
[12];
5904 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5905 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5906 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5909 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5910 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5914 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5915 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5918 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5920 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5921 bool writing
= false;
5927 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5930 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5932 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5934 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5935 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5936 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5937 writing
, true, true));
5938 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5941 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5942 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5944 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5946 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5947 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, true, true, false);
5950 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5952 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5953 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5954 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5955 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5958 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5959 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5961 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5969 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5971 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5972 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5973 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5974 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5975 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5977 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, true);
5979 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5981 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5982 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5983 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5990 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5992 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5994 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5995 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
6003 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6005 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6010 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6012 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6013 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6015 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6020 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6022 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6027 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6029 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6031 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6032 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6036 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6037 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6039 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6044 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6046 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6051 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6053 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6054 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6059 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6061 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6066 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6068 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6069 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6074 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6076 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6081 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6083 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6084 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6086 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6091 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6093 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6098 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6100 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6102 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6103 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6107 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6108 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6110 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6115 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6117 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6118 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6123 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6125 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6126 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6131 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6133 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6135 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6140 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6142 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6143 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6148 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6150 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6152 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6157 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6159 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6160 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6164 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6165 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6167 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6168 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6171 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6175 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6177 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6182 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6185 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6188 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6193 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6196 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6199 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6205 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6206 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6209 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6215 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6217 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6220 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6225 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6227 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6230 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6233 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6235 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6237 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6242 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6243 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6244 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6247 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6249 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6250 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6251 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6252 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6255 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6256 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6262 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6263 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6267 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6271 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6272 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6274 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6275 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6276 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6277 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6278 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6279 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6280 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6281 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6282 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6283 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6284 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6285 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6286 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6288 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6289 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6290 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6291 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6294 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6296 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6298 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6299 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6305 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6307 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6308 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6309 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6311 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6316 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6319 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6320 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6321 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, true);
6323 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6326 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6327 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6328 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6329 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6330 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6331 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6332 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6333 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6334 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6336 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6337 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6338 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6342 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6343 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6344 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6345 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6346 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6347 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6348 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6349 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6351 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6352 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6353 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6358 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6360 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6361 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6362 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6363 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6364 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6365 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6366 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6367 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6368 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6369 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6370 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6371 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6374 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6375 this hook to a) run the edit functions in this file, b) provide
6376 some gcc support functions, and c) transfer dynamic linking
6377 information gathered so far on function code symbol entries, to
6378 their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6381 ppc64_elf_edit (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6383 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6385 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6389 /* Call back into the linker, which then runs the edit functions. */
6390 htab
->params
->edit ();
6392 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6393 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6397 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6398 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6399 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6401 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6402 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6405 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6408 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6410 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, true);
6411 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6412 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6413 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6414 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6416 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6417 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6418 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6419 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6420 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6422 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6423 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6424 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6427 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6429 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6430 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6436 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6437 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6438 size_dynamic_sections. */
6441 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6443 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6446 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6448 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6450 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6455 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6458 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6460 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6462 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6463 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6468 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6469 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6472 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6474 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6476 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6480 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6481 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6482 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6488 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6489 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6490 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6491 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6495 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6498 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6501 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6505 /* Deal with function syms. */
6506 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6507 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6510 bool local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6511 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6512 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6513 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6514 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6515 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6516 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6517 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6518 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6519 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6520 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6522 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6523 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6525 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6527 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6528 won't need a .plt entry. */
6529 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6530 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6531 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6534 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6536 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6537 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6538 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6540 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6542 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6544 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6546 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6547 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6548 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6549 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6550 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6551 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6552 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6553 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6555 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6557 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6558 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6559 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6561 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6563 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6564 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6565 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6566 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6569 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6572 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6573 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6575 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6576 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6577 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6578 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6583 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6585 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6586 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6587 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6588 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6590 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6591 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6592 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6593 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6594 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6595 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6596 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6600 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6601 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6602 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6603 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6604 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6607 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6608 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6609 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6612 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6613 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6615 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6616 || info
->nocopyreloc
6618 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6619 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6620 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6622 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6624 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6625 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6626 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6627 to an incorrect program. */
6628 || h
->protected_def
)
6631 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6632 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6634 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6635 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6636 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6637 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6638 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6639 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6640 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6643 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6644 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6645 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6646 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6647 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6648 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6649 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6650 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6651 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6654 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6655 is not a function. */
6657 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6658 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6659 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6660 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6661 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6662 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6663 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6664 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6665 same memory location for the variable. */
6666 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6668 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6669 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6673 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6674 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6676 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6678 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6679 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6680 and into the runtime process image. */
6681 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6685 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6686 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6687 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6690 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6691 sym and the descriptor. */
6693 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6694 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6697 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6698 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6700 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6703 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6704 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6706 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6711 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6714 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6715 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6716 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6717 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6718 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6719 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6720 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6721 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6723 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6726 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, false,
6730 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6731 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6732 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6733 reason the lookup should fail. */
6736 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6737 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6739 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6740 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, false,
6750 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6755 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6756 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6758 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6759 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6760 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6763 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6765 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6767 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6768 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6770 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6771 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6779 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6781 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6782 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6783 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6784 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6788 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6789 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6793 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6794 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6796 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6798 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6799 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6800 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6801 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6802 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6803 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6805 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6807 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6815 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6816 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6818 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6820 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6821 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6824 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6825 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6827 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6828 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6829 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6830 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6831 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6833 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6839 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6840 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6841 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6844 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6845 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6846 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6847 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6848 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6851 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6854 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6858 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6859 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6862 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6863 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6864 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6866 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6867 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6870 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6873 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6874 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6877 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6878 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6879 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6880 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6881 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6882 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6883 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6884 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6885 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6886 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6888 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6889 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6894 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6896 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6897 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6898 enum insert_option insert
,
6899 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6900 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6903 unsigned long r_indx
;
6904 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6905 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6906 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6908 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6910 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6911 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6913 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6916 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6921 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6923 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6924 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6926 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6927 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6928 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6934 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6943 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6944 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6947 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6949 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6951 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6953 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6956 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6957 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6960 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6961 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6964 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6965 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6966 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6968 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6971 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6972 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6975 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6976 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6978 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6982 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6983 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6986 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6987 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6992 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6993 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6994 have already been determined. */
6997 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6999 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7000 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
7001 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7002 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7004 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7005 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
7007 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
7008 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
7009 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
7016 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
7017 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
7018 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
7019 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
7020 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
7025 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
7026 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
7027 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
7028 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
7029 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
7030 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
7031 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
7032 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
7033 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
7034 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
7035 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
7036 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
7037 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
7038 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7039 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7040 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7041 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7045 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7046 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7047 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7048 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7049 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7050 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7051 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7052 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7053 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7054 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7055 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7056 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7057 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7058 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7059 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7060 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7061 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7062 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7063 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7064 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7067 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7068 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7069 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7070 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7071 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7072 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7073 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7078 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7080 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7081 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7083 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7084 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7089 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7090 || !h
->def_regular
))
7092 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7093 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7094 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7095 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7096 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7098 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7099 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7106 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7107 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7108 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7110 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7111 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7112 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7113 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7114 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7117 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7121 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7133 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7134 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7138 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7139 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7140 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7143 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7144 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7146 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7149 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7150 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7152 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7163 /* xgettext:c-format */
7164 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7166 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7170 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7171 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7172 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7173 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7177 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7180 bool some_edited
= false;
7181 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7182 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7184 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7188 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7191 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7192 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7193 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7194 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7195 bool need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7196 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7198 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7201 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7202 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7205 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7208 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7211 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7212 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7216 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7218 /* Read the relocations. */
7219 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7221 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7224 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7225 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7229 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7230 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7232 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7233 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7235 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7236 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7239 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7240 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7242 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7243 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7244 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7246 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7247 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7248 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7249 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7250 optimization for them! */
7253 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7258 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7259 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7262 /* xgettext:c-format */
7263 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7269 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7270 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7274 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7276 const char *sym_name
;
7278 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7280 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7284 /* xgettext:c-format */
7285 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7291 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7292 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7293 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7294 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7295 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7296 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7297 which we test for via the output_section. */
7298 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7299 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7303 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7304 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7305 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7310 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7315 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7322 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7323 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7324 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7326 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7328 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7335 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7337 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7339 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7340 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7341 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7342 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7345 new_contents
= NULL
;
7346 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7347 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7348 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7349 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7352 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7353 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7354 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7355 the third word of .opd entries. */
7356 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7359 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7363 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7365 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7369 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7370 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7373 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7375 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7378 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7379 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7383 wptr
= new_contents
;
7384 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7385 write_rel
= relstart
;
7386 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7388 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7391 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7392 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7394 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7397 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7398 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7403 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7404 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7405 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7408 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7409 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7412 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7414 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7417 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7421 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7423 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7426 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7427 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7428 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7433 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7434 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7437 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7439 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7441 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7442 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7444 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7446 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7451 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7455 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7458 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7459 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7466 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7471 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7472 this location in the opd section. It is
7473 necessary to update the value here rather
7474 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7475 for local symbols, because various places
7476 in the generic ELF code use the value
7477 stored in u.def.value. */
7478 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7479 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7482 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7483 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7484 we'd need to look through the local syms
7485 for the function descriptor sym which we
7486 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7487 array of adjustments. */
7488 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7489 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7492 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7493 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7494 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7496 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7500 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7502 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7504 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7505 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7506 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7511 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7514 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7515 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7518 free (sec
->contents
);
7519 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7522 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7523 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7524 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7525 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7528 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7531 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7532 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7534 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7537 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7542 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7544 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7545 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7546 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7550 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7552 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7554 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7558 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7559 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7562 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7563 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7567 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7571 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7574 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7575 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7581 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7582 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7585 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7587 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7590 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7592 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7596 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7597 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7598 between the call and its destination. */
7599 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7601 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7607 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7614 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7615 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7617 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7619 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7620 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7623 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7624 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7626 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7628 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7632 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7633 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7634 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7635 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7636 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7637 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7638 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7639 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7640 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7641 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7642 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7643 together except their symbol. */
7645 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7648 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7650 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7654 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7656 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7657 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7658 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7660 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7662 /* Read the relocations. */
7663 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7665 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7668 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7669 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7671 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7672 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7675 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7676 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7678 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7679 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7680 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7683 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7684 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7687 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7689 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7694 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7698 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7701 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7702 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7703 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7704 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7705 + sec
->output_offset
7706 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7707 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7708 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7709 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7710 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7711 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7712 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7715 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7719 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7720 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7722 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7725 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7732 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and various other info specific to TLS.
7733 This needs to run before dynamic symbols are processed in
7734 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. */
7737 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7739 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7740 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7742 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7746 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7749 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7750 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7751 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7752 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7754 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7755 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7756 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7757 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7758 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7759 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7760 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7761 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7762 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7763 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7764 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7765 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7766 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7767 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7768 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7769 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7770 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
&& htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
7772 /* The issue is that __glink_PLTresolve saves r2, which is done
7773 because glibc ld.so _dl_runtime_resolve restores r2 to support
7774 a glibc plt call optimisation where global entry code is
7775 skipped on calls that resolve to the same binary. The
7776 __glink_PLTresolve save of r2 is incompatible with code
7777 making tail calls, because the tail call might go via the
7778 resolver and thus overwrite the proper saved r2. */
7779 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: --plt-localentry is incompatible with "
7780 "power10 pc-relative code"));
7781 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7783 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7784 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7785 false, false, false) == NULL
)
7787 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7788 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7790 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7791 false, false, true);
7792 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7794 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7796 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7797 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7798 false, false, true);
7799 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7801 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7802 false, false, true);
7803 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7805 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7806 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7807 false, false, true);
7808 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7810 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7812 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7814 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7815 false, false, true);
7817 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7818 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7819 false, false, true);
7821 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7822 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7824 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7825 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7826 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7827 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7828 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7830 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7831 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7832 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7833 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7835 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7837 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7838 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7839 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7840 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7843 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7845 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7848 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7849 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7851 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7852 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7853 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7859 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7860 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7861 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7862 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7864 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7866 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7867 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7868 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7869 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7872 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7874 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7875 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7876 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7877 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7878 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7883 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7884 tga
= elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
);
7885 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7887 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7888 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7889 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7890 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7892 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7894 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7896 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7897 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7898 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7900 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7901 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7904 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7906 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7907 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7909 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7910 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7911 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7912 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7914 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7915 desc
->forced_local
);
7916 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7918 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7919 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7920 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7922 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7923 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7929 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7930 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7933 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7934 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7935 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7936 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7941 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7942 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7945 branch_reloc_hash_match (bfd
*ibfd
,
7946 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7947 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7948 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7949 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7950 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7952 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7953 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7954 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7956 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7958 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7961 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7962 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7963 if (h
== elf_hash_entry (hash1
)
7964 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash2
)
7965 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash3
)
7966 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash4
))
7972 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7973 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7974 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7975 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7976 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7977 dynamic relocations. */
7980 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7984 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7985 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7988 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7991 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7995 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
7997 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7998 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7999 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
8000 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
8001 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
8002 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
8003 and plt refcounts. */
8005 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
8006 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8008 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
8009 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8011 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8012 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
8014 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
8015 bool found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8017 /* Read the relocations. */
8018 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8020 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8026 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8027 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8029 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8030 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8031 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8032 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8034 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
8035 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
8037 bool ok_tprel
, is_local
;
8038 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
8039 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
8042 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8043 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
8047 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8050 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
8051 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8058 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8059 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8060 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8061 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8065 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8070 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8071 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8072 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8075 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8079 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8081 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8082 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8084 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8085 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8086 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8087 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8088 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8089 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8090 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8091 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8093 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8097 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8098 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8099 without marker relocs, then check that each
8100 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8101 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8102 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8103 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8105 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8107 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8108 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8109 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8111 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8112 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8113 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8118 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8121 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8122 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8123 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8124 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8125 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8128 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8129 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8130 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8131 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8132 that turns out to be the case. */
8139 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8142 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8143 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8144 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8145 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8146 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8149 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8150 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8156 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8158 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8161 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8162 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8163 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8164 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8165 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8170 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8171 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8181 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8182 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8185 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8187 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8188 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8190 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8191 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8196 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8198 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8201 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8205 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8206 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8211 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8216 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8217 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8220 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8221 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8222 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8223 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8224 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8226 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8227 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8231 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8233 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8234 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8237 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8238 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8239 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8240 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8241 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8242 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8244 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8248 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8253 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8256 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8260 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8265 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8266 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8271 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8275 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8277 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8279 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8280 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8284 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8287 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8296 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8301 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
8304 unsigned char buf
[4];
8306 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
8307 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
8310 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
8311 /* addis rt,13,imm */
8312 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
8313 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)))
8315 /* xgettext:c-format */
8316 info
->callbacks
->minfo
8317 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
8318 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
8319 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8324 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
8325 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
8326 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
8327 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
8328 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
8329 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
8330 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
8331 /* These can all be used in sequences along with
8332 TPREL16_LO or TPREL16_LO_DS in ways we aren't
8333 able to verify easily. */
8334 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8343 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8344 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8347 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8348 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8349 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8354 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8356 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8357 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8360 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8365 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8367 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8368 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8369 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8371 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8377 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8378 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8379 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8380 the entire optimization. */
8381 /* xgettext:c-format */
8382 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8383 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8384 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8389 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8390 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8391 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8392 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8393 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8394 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8395 Disable optimization in this case. */
8396 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8397 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8398 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8399 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8400 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8403 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8405 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8407 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8408 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8411 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8414 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8415 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8418 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8421 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8422 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8425 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8428 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8429 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8432 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8436 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8437 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8443 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8445 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8447 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8451 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8453 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8454 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8455 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8456 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8463 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8464 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8465 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8470 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8471 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8472 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8476 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8478 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8484 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8485 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8488 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8493 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8495 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8498 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8506 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8507 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8508 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8509 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8510 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8512 struct adjust_toc_info
8515 unsigned long *skip
;
8516 bool global_toc_syms
;
8519 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8522 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8524 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8525 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8528 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8529 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8532 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8533 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8536 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8538 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8539 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8541 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8543 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8546 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8549 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8550 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8553 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8554 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8556 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8557 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= true;
8562 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8563 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8566 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8568 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8569 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8570 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8571 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8572 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8573 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8574 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8575 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8576 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8577 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8578 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8579 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8580 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8581 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8582 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8583 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8584 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8585 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8586 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8587 will need testing too. */
8588 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8589 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8591 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8592 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8593 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8594 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8595 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8596 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8599 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8600 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8601 load/store rt,off(ra)
8604 load/store rt,off(ra)
8605 may be translated to
8606 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8608 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8609 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8611 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8612 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8613 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8616 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8618 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8619 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8622 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8624 /* Check that regs match. */
8625 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8628 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8629 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8632 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8634 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8635 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8641 /* Check that regs match. */
8642 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8645 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8661 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8663 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8664 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8665 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8668 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8669 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8671 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8672 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8673 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8674 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8677 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8678 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8680 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8681 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8682 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8683 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8686 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8687 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8689 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8691 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8692 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8693 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8694 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8698 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8699 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8700 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8701 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8706 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8707 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8708 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8711 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8712 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8714 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8715 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8716 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8717 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8720 case 62: /* std, stq */
8721 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8723 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8724 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8725 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8726 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8731 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8732 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8736 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8737 unused .toc entries. */
8740 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8743 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8744 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8746 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8747 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= true;
8748 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8750 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8751 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8752 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8753 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8754 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8755 unsigned char *used
;
8756 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8758 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8761 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8764 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8765 || discarded_section (toc
))
8770 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8772 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8775 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8777 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8778 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8779 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8780 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8781 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8784 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
8785 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8788 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8790 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8792 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8793 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8795 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8796 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8799 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8806 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8807 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8808 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8809 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8810 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8814 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8815 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8823 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8825 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8826 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8828 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8831 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8832 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8838 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8843 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8846 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8850 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8851 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8852 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8854 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8855 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8856 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8857 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8859 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8860 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8861 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8863 /* Read toc relocs. */
8864 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8866 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8869 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8871 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8872 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8875 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8878 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8879 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8882 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8883 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8888 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8889 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8892 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8897 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8899 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8903 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8905 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8907 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8908 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8910 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8911 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8912 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8913 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8914 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8915 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8918 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8919 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8924 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8929 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8930 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8937 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8941 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8944 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8946 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8952 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8953 Check the toc itself last. */
8954 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8957 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8958 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8959 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8964 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8965 || discarded_section (sec
)
8966 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8967 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8968 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8971 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8973 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8979 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8983 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8985 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8986 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8988 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8989 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8992 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8996 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8997 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8998 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8999 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9000 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9001 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
9002 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9009 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9010 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9021 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9023 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9024 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9026 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
9029 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9036 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9039 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9040 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
9041 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
9042 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
9048 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
9053 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
9054 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
9061 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
9062 entry itself isn't unused. */
9063 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9064 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
9067 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
9076 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9080 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
9081 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
9082 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
9083 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
9084 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
9089 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
9090 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9094 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9097 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9107 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9109 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9110 bool local_toc_syms
= false;
9112 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9113 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9114 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9117 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9119 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9120 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9123 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9128 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9132 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9133 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9135 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9136 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9137 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9139 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9140 || discarded_section (sec
))
9143 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9145 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9148 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9150 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9151 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9153 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9156 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9163 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9164 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9165 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9166 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9167 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9168 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9172 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9173 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9181 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9184 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9186 local_toc_syms
= true;
9189 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9191 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9193 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9195 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9197 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9198 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9199 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9203 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9204 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9207 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9208 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9212 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9214 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9215 /* xgettext:c-format */
9216 (_("%H: %s references "
9217 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9218 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9219 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9220 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9223 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9224 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9228 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9231 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9232 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9235 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9239 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9240 but handle them anyway. */
9241 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9242 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9243 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9245 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9246 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9250 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9251 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9253 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9255 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9259 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9260 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9263 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9264 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9267 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9268 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9271 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9272 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9275 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9276 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= false;
9277 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9281 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9283 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9284 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9287 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9288 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9289 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9291 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9295 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9296 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9297 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9299 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9300 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9301 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9304 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9305 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9308 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9309 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9310 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9311 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9312 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9315 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9318 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9319 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9321 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9324 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9329 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9330 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9331 number of GOT entries. */
9332 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9335 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9337 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9340 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9343 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9346 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9349 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9352 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9354 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9356 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9357 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9358 || discarded_section (sec
))
9361 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9363 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9366 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9369 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9374 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9376 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9377 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9380 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9381 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9383 unsigned char buf
[8];
9385 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9387 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9391 insn_check
= no_check
;
9394 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9395 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9396 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9397 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9398 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9399 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9400 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9401 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9404 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9405 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9406 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9407 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9408 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9409 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9410 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9411 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9412 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9413 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9414 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9418 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9420 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9422 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9425 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9426 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9427 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9428 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9429 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9433 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9434 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9435 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9436 /* xgettext:c-format */
9437 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9438 " %s instruction\n"),
9439 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9446 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9447 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9448 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9449 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9450 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9451 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9455 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9456 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9457 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9461 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9462 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9467 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9468 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9471 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9474 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9478 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9480 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9481 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9482 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9484 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9485 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9486 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9493 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9494 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9495 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9498 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9499 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9501 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9502 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9503 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9507 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9508 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9509 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9511 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9512 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9514 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9515 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9519 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9521 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9522 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9523 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9525 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9526 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9528 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9529 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9531 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9532 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9542 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9543 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9545 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9546 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9547 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9548 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9550 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9551 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9554 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9558 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9559 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9561 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9564 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9571 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9572 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9575 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9577 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9578 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9581 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9584 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9585 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9586 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9588 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9589 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9590 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9592 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9593 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9594 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9596 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9597 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9599 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9601 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9602 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9604 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9605 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9606 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9607 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9608 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9610 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9611 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9613 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9614 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9618 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9621 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9623 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9625 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9626 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9627 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9628 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9629 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9630 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9631 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9633 ent2
->is_indirect
= true;
9634 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9638 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9641 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9642 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9644 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9646 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9647 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9648 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9649 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9652 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9653 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9657 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
9658 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
9661 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9662 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9666 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
9669 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9673 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9676 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9678 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9679 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9681 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9684 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9685 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9689 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9690 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9692 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9693 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9694 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9695 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9697 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9698 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9699 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9700 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9701 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9702 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9703 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9704 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9706 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9710 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9711 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9712 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9715 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9716 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9718 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9719 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9720 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9722 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9723 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9725 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9726 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9729 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9732 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9734 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9735 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9737 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9738 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9740 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9742 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9745 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9748 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9751 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9752 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9753 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9754 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9755 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9757 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9758 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9759 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9760 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9762 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9763 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9764 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9765 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9767 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9769 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9771 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9772 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9773 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9774 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9775 visibility changes. */
9776 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9778 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9779 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9780 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9781 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9782 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9783 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9784 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9785 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9787 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9789 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9798 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9800 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9801 should be made dynamic. */
9802 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9807 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9808 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9809 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9811 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9813 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9815 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9816 should be made dynamic. */
9817 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9820 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9821 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9822 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9825 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9828 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9829 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9831 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9832 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9833 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9834 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9838 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9841 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9842 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9843 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9844 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9845 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9848 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9849 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9850 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9851 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9853 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9854 bool doneone
= false;
9855 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9856 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9858 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9861 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
9863 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9866 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9867 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9868 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9873 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9874 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9875 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9880 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9884 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9886 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9888 /* Make room for this entry. */
9889 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9891 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9894 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9897 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9898 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9905 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9906 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9909 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9913 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9916 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9922 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9929 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9930 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9931 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9933 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9934 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9936 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9937 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9938 after the branch table. */
9941 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9943 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9944 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9945 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9948 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9951 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9958 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9962 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9963 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9964 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9965 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9966 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9968 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9969 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9970 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9971 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9972 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9973 unsigned int align_power
;
9977 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9978 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9980 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9981 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9982 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9983 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9984 entry stubs are needed. */
9985 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9986 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9987 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9988 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9989 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9990 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9991 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9992 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9993 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9994 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9995 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9996 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9997 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9999 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
10001 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
10002 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
10003 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
10004 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
10010 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
10013 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10014 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10016 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10021 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
10023 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
10027 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
10028 if (dynobj
== NULL
)
10031 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10033 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
10034 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
10036 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
10039 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10040 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10044 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
10046 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10048 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
10049 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
10050 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
10051 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
10052 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
10053 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
10054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10056 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10059 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10061 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
10063 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10065 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
10066 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
10068 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
10069 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
10070 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
10073 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
10075 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10077 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10078 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10079 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
10080 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10085 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
10089 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
10090 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10091 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
10092 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
10093 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
10094 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10095 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10096 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
10098 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10101 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10102 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10104 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10106 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10111 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10112 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10114 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10115 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10120 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10121 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10123 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10124 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10126 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10127 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10128 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10130 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10131 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10140 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10141 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10142 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10144 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10146 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10147 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10149 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10151 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10152 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10153 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10154 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10156 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10157 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10158 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10161 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10162 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10163 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10164 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10165 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10169 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10173 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10174 sym dynamic relocs. */
10175 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10177 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10178 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10180 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10181 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10183 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10185 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10188 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10189 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10191 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10193 ent
->is_indirect
= true;
10194 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10198 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10200 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10201 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10204 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10206 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10207 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10212 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10215 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10216 Allocate memory for them. */
10218 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10220 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10223 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10224 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10226 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10227 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10228 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10229 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10230 || s
== htab
->glink
10231 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10232 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10233 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10235 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10238 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10240 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10241 /* Not sized yet. */
10244 else if (startswith (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10248 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10251 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10252 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10253 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10258 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10264 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10265 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10266 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10267 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10268 before the linker maps input sections to output
10269 sections. The linker does that before
10270 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10271 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10272 into these sections. */
10273 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10277 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10278 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10281 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10284 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10285 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10286 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10287 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10288 sections instead of garbage.
10289 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10290 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10291 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10292 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10296 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10298 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10301 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10302 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10305 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10308 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10309 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10313 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10317 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10320 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10321 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10324 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10329 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10333 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10334 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10335 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10336 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10337 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10338 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10339 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10341 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10343 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10347 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10349 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10350 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10351 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10352 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10353 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10357 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10359 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10360 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10364 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10365 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10366 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10367 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10368 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10369 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10371 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10377 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10378 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10379 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10382 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10383 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10384 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10385 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10386 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10388 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10390 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10395 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10400 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10403 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10405 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10407 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10410 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10413 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10415 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10416 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10417 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10418 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10419 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10420 bfd_vma destination
,
10421 unsigned long local_off
)
10423 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10425 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10426 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10427 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10431 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10432 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10434 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10436 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10440 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10441 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10442 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10445 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10448 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10449 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10450 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10451 any other type of stub. */
10452 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10453 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10454 return ppc_stub_none
;
10456 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10459 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10460 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10461 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10463 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10465 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10467 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10468 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10469 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10472 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10477 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10478 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10479 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10482 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10483 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10485 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10486 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10487 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10488 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10489 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10490 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10492 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10493 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10494 is needed later. */
10495 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10497 return ppc_stub_none
;
10500 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10501 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10506 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10507 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10508 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10509 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10510 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10511 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10514 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bool load
)
10516 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10518 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10520 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10522 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10524 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10527 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10529 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10532 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10534 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10537 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10539 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10544 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10546 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10551 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10553 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10555 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10559 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10561 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10564 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10566 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10569 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10571 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10575 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10577 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10583 static unsigned int
10584 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10587 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10589 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10593 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10598 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10601 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10603 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10605 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10612 static unsigned int
10613 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10615 unsigned int num_rel
;
10616 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10618 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10623 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10624 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10626 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10628 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10634 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10635 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10636 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10638 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10639 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10641 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10642 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10643 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10644 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10645 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10647 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10650 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10651 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10652 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10656 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10657 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10660 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10661 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10665 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10666 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10667 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10670 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10672 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10676 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10677 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10678 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10680 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10684 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10685 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10686 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10693 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10697 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10702 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10708 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10710 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10712 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10714 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10715 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10716 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10717 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10718 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10721 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10725 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10728 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10729 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10731 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10735 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10739 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10741 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10748 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10755 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10756 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10758 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10762 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10766 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10768 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10774 static unsigned int
10775 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10777 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10779 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10785 static unsigned int
10786 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10788 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10790 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10796 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10797 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10798 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10799 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10801 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10803 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10805 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10806 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10807 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10808 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10814 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10815 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10816 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10817 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10820 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10821 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10822 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10826 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10827 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10828 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10832 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10835 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10839 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10840 else if (delta
< 256)
10842 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10845 else if (delta
< 65536)
10847 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10848 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10853 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10854 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10860 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10862 static unsigned int
10863 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10865 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10866 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10868 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10869 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10871 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10872 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10874 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10878 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10879 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10880 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10881 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10882 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10883 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10884 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10886 . fake dep barrier compare
10887 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10888 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10889 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10890 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10891 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10892 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10894 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10895 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10897 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10898 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10900 static inline unsigned int
10901 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10902 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10908 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10910 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
10911 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
10913 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10914 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10920 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10921 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10923 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10928 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10930 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10931 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10932 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10933 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10935 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10940 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10941 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10942 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10944 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10947 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
10948 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
10954 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
10955 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
10962 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10963 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10965 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10966 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10968 static inline unsigned int
10969 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10970 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10975 unsigned stub_size
;
10976 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10978 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10980 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10981 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10982 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10986 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10987 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
, odd
);
10988 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10989 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10990 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10994 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10996 static inline bfd_byte
*
10997 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10998 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10999 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11001 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11002 bool plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
11003 bool plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
11004 bool plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
11005 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11006 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11007 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
11008 bool use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
11009 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
11011 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
11014 && !(stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11015 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11016 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
11018 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11019 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
11020 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
11021 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
11024 if (pltindex
> 32768)
11025 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
11027 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
11028 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
11029 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
11030 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11031 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11032 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11033 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
11034 != PPC_HA (offset
))
11035 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
11037 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11038 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11039 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
11040 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
11043 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11047 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11048 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11049 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11050 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11051 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11052 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11053 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11056 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11058 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11059 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
11060 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11064 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11065 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11066 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11067 if (plt_static_chain
)
11069 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
11070 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11071 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
11076 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11077 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11078 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11081 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11082 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11086 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11087 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11090 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11092 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11095 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11100 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11101 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11103 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11104 if (plt_static_chain
)
11105 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11112 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11113 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11114 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11115 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11118 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11120 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11121 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11122 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11126 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11127 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11128 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11129 if (plt_static_chain
)
11131 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11132 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11133 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11138 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11139 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11140 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11141 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11143 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11145 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11148 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11153 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11154 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11156 if (plt_static_chain
)
11157 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11158 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11161 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11163 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11164 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11165 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11168 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11172 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11174 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11175 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11176 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11177 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11178 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11179 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11180 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11181 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11184 build_tls_get_addr_head (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11185 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11188 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11190 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11191 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11192 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11193 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11194 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11195 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11196 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11198 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11199 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11200 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11201 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11203 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11205 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11212 build_tls_get_addr_tail (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11213 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11217 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11219 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11221 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11223 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11224 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11226 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11229 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11231 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11232 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11234 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11236 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11238 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11240 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11242 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11246 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11247 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11249 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11251 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11252 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11254 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11256 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
, i
;
11258 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11259 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11260 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11261 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11262 specified by that point.
11263 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11264 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11265 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11266 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11268 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11269 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11270 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11271 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11272 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11273 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11281 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11283 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11284 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11286 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11287 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11289 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11290 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11291 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11293 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11294 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11295 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11296 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11298 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11300 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
11301 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11303 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11305 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11306 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11307 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11308 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11309 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11311 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11312 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11313 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11315 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11321 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11322 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11324 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11325 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11327 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11328 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11329 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11331 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11332 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11333 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11334 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11336 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11337 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11338 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11339 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11341 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11342 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11343 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11344 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11346 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11347 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11351 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11352 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11356 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11357 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11358 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11360 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11361 unsigned long symndx
;
11362 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11365 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11366 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11367 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11368 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11370 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11372 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11373 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11374 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11376 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11377 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11378 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11380 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11381 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11383 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11385 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11386 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11387 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11388 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11389 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11390 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11391 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11393 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11394 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11396 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11397 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11402 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11409 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11410 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11412 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11413 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11417 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11420 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11422 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11423 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11425 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11426 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11428 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11429 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11430 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11431 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11432 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11434 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11435 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11436 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11437 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11439 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11444 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11446 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11447 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11448 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11449 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11452 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11454 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11460 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11461 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11464 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11465 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11466 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11467 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11468 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11469 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11470 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11471 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11473 /* Same for the group. */
11474 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11475 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11476 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11477 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11478 "output section. Retry without "
11479 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11480 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11481 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11483 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11487 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11488 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11490 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11491 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11493 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11494 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11495 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11496 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11497 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11498 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11499 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11501 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11502 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11503 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11504 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11508 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11509 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11511 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11513 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11515 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11518 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11520 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11522 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11525 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11527 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11532 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11535 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11538 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11539 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11540 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11544 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11546 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11549 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11550 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11551 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11552 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11553 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11558 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11559 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11560 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11561 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11563 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11565 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11566 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11567 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11571 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11572 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11573 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11574 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11575 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11577 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11578 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11580 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11582 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11584 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11586 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11587 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11590 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11591 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11592 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11593 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11594 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11596 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11597 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11598 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11599 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11601 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11603 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11606 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11607 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11608 translated from input file to output file form, so
11609 set up the offset per the output file. */
11610 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11611 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11612 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11613 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11614 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11618 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11619 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11620 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11622 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11623 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11626 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11628 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11629 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11630 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11632 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11636 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11638 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11641 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11642 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11643 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11644 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11645 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11646 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11647 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11648 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11650 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11651 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11652 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11653 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11658 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11659 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11661 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11663 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11665 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11668 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11672 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11674 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11676 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11680 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11682 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11684 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11686 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11689 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11691 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11694 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11696 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11699 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11703 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11705 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11709 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11710 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11711 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11712 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11713 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11714 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11716 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11717 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11718 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11719 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11720 is_tga
= ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
11721 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11722 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11723 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11724 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
11727 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
11730 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11731 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11732 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11735 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11738 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11740 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11741 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11744 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11745 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
11747 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11748 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11750 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11752 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11755 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11756 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11757 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11763 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11765 bool load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11766 p
= build_power10_offset (obfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11770 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11771 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11773 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11774 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11776 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11777 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11778 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11779 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) + 8;
11780 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11781 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11782 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11783 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11786 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11787 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11789 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11792 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11793 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11794 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11795 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11796 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11798 p
= build_offset (obfd
, p
, off
,
11799 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11802 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11806 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11807 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11808 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11810 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11814 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11816 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11821 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
11823 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11825 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11826 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11827 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11830 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11833 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11836 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11837 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11839 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11840 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11841 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11844 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11845 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11846 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11847 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11848 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11849 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11855 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11856 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11857 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11858 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11859 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11861 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11863 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11864 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11865 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11866 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11867 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11868 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11871 /* Now build the stub. */
11872 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11873 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11876 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11877 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
11879 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11880 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11882 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11884 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11886 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11887 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11890 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11892 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11893 /* xgettext:c-format */
11894 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11895 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11896 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11898 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11899 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11904 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11906 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11907 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11909 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11910 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11914 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11915 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11916 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11917 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11920 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11921 is_tga
= (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11922 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11923 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
11926 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
11928 r
[0].r_offset
+= p
- loc
;
11930 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, off
, r
);
11932 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
11935 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11943 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11945 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11950 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11963 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11964 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11965 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11968 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11969 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11970 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11971 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
11974 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11976 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11977 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11978 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11979 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11980 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11981 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11982 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11984 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11991 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11992 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11993 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11996 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11998 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11999 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12000 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12002 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
12003 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
12005 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
12006 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
12009 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12013 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
12014 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
12015 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
12016 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
12017 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12018 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
12019 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12020 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12022 /* Same for the group. */
12023 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
12024 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
12025 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12026 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
12027 "output section. Retry without "
12028 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12029 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
12030 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12032 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
12033 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12035 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12036 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
12037 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12038 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
12040 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
12041 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
12042 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
12043 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
12047 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
12049 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
12050 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
12051 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
12052 can reach with a shorter stub. */
12053 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12054 /* Fall through. */
12055 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
12056 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
12057 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12058 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12059 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12060 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
12061 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12062 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12063 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12067 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
12069 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
12070 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12072 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12076 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12078 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12084 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
12085 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
12086 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
12088 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
12089 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12091 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
12093 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
12094 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
12096 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
12098 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
12099 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12100 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12104 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
12106 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
12107 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
12108 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
12110 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
12111 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12112 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12114 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12115 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12119 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12120 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12121 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12122 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12123 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12126 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12128 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12129 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12130 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12133 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12134 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12137 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12143 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12146 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12148 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12152 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12154 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12155 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12159 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12160 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12161 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12162 /* Fall through. */
12163 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12164 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12165 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12166 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12167 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12169 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12172 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12173 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12174 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12178 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12180 unsigned int num_rel
;
12181 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12182 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12184 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12185 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12186 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12189 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12190 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12192 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12193 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12195 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12196 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12200 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12202 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12203 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12204 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12205 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12207 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12208 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12209 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12210 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12211 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12212 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12215 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12216 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12218 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12219 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12222 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12223 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12226 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12227 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12229 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12230 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12231 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12234 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12236 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12239 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12241 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12242 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12245 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12246 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12248 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12249 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12251 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12253 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12254 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12255 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12256 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
12261 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12263 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, odd
);
12265 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12266 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12271 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12273 unsigned int num_rel
;
12274 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12275 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12277 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12278 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12279 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12282 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, odd
);
12284 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12286 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12287 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12288 lr_used
+= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12289 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12290 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12291 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12292 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12293 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12294 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12296 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
12297 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12298 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12299 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12300 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12302 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12304 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12305 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12306 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12307 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12308 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
12309 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12311 else if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12313 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12314 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12315 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12316 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
12317 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12322 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12323 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12324 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12325 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12327 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12328 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12330 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12331 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12333 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12335 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12337 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12338 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12341 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12343 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, 0);
12345 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12346 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12349 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12351 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12352 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12354 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12355 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12357 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12360 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, 0);
12362 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12363 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12364 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12365 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12367 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12369 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12370 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12371 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12372 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12373 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12377 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12378 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12379 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12380 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12381 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12382 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12384 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12393 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12397 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12398 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12399 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12402 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12406 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12411 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12412 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12413 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12414 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12417 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12418 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12419 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12424 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12427 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12429 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12431 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12432 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12433 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12436 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12437 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12438 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12441 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12443 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12444 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12449 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12451 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12452 bool new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12456 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12457 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12460 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12461 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12462 limit
= 0x80008000;
12463 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12465 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12467 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12468 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12469 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12470 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12473 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12474 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12475 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12476 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12477 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12478 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12479 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12481 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12482 file .toc and .got together. */
12484 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12485 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12488 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12492 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12493 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12494 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12495 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12497 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12499 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12500 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12502 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12503 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12505 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12506 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12507 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12508 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12513 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12517 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12519 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12522 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12527 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12531 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12533 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12535 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12538 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12539 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12540 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12544 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12545 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12549 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12551 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12552 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12553 bool done_something
;
12555 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12557 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12560 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12561 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12563 /* And tlsld_got. */
12564 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12566 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12568 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12571 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12572 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12573 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12575 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12577 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12580 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12581 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12582 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12583 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12585 ent2
->is_indirect
= true;
12586 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12592 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12593 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12594 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12595 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12597 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12599 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12601 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12604 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12607 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12609 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12610 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12615 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12616 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12617 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12619 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12620 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12621 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12622 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12623 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12624 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12625 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12628 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12631 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12635 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12636 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12637 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12638 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12639 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12640 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12641 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12642 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12644 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12646 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12648 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12649 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12651 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12652 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12657 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12658 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12660 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12661 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12663 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12664 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12665 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12667 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12668 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12674 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12676 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12678 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12680 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12683 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12684 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12685 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12687 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12688 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12690 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12692 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12693 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12698 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12699 if (!done_something
)
12700 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12704 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12707 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12710 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12711 if (done_something
)
12716 if (done_something
)
12717 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12719 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12720 on input sections. */
12721 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12722 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12723 htab
->second_toc_pass
= true;
12724 return done_something
;
12727 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12730 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12732 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12734 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12735 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12736 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12739 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12740 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12741 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12742 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12743 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12744 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12745 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12748 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12752 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12753 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12755 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12756 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12759 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12762 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12766 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12768 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12769 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12770 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12772 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12773 info
->keep_memory
);
12774 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12777 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12779 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12783 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12785 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12786 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12787 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12788 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12789 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12791 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12795 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12796 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12797 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12798 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12799 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12800 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12801 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12802 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12805 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12806 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12813 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12815 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12817 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12819 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12825 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12826 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12829 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12830 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12831 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12838 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12841 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12842 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12844 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12846 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12848 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12849 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12852 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12856 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12858 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12860 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12863 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12864 &sym_sec
, NULL
, false);
12865 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12870 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12871 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12873 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12874 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12877 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12878 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12879 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12885 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12886 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12887 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12888 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12889 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12890 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12898 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12899 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12900 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12901 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12904 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12905 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12906 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12910 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12911 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12913 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12914 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12915 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12926 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12927 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12929 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12934 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12935 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12936 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12938 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12939 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12941 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12944 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12945 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12946 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12953 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12958 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12959 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12960 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12961 we may insert linker stubs. */
12964 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12966 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12971 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12972 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12974 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12975 which is what we want. */
12976 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12977 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12978 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12981 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12983 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12984 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12985 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12986 hit an exception. */
12987 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12988 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12989 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12990 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12992 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12995 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12996 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12997 check_pasted_section(). */
12998 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12999 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
13002 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
13006 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
13007 have toc relocs. */
13010 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
13012 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
13016 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13017 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
13020 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13021 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
13024 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13025 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
13030 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13031 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13033 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13037 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
13039 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13040 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
13046 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13048 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
13049 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
13052 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
13053 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
13054 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
13055 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
13056 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
13057 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
13060 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13061 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
13062 bool stubs_always_before_branch
)
13064 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13066 bool suppress_size_errors
;
13068 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13072 suppress_size_errors
= false;
13073 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
13075 /* Default values. */
13076 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
13077 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
13079 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
13080 suppress_size_errors
= true;
13083 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
13087 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
13090 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
13091 while (tail
!= NULL
)
13095 bfd_size_type total
;
13098 struct map_stub
*group
;
13099 bfd_size_type group_size
;
13102 total
= tail
->size
;
13103 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
13104 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
13105 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
13107 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
13108 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
13109 /* xgettext:c-format */
13110 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
13111 tail
->owner
, tail
);
13112 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
13114 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
13115 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13116 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13117 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13118 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
13119 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13122 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
13123 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
13124 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
13125 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
13126 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
13127 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
13128 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
13129 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
13130 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
13131 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
13132 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
13135 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
13136 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
13137 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
13138 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13139 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13140 group
->eh_base
= 0;
13141 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
13142 htab
->group
= group
;
13145 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13146 /* Set up this stub group. */
13147 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13149 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13151 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13152 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13153 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13154 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13155 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13156 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13159 while (prev
!= NULL
13160 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13161 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13162 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13163 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13165 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13168 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13169 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13178 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13180 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13181 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13182 1, /* CIE version. */
13183 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13184 4, /* Code alignment. */
13185 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13187 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13188 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13189 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13192 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13193 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13194 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13198 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13200 if (isec
->size
== 0
13201 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13202 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13203 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13204 isec
->output_section
)
13205 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13207 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13208 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13209 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13213 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13215 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13216 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13220 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13222 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13223 bool stubs_always_before_branch
;
13224 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13229 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13230 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13232 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13233 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13234 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13235 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13236 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13238 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13242 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13244 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13245 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13250 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13251 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13252 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13253 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13254 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13255 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13256 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13257 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13258 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13259 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13260 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13266 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13268 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13269 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13270 false, false, true);
13271 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13272 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13276 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13277 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13278 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13280 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13282 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13285 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13286 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13287 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13288 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13289 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13290 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13291 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13293 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13295 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13297 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13298 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13299 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13300 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13302 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, false);
13303 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13304 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13305 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13306 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13308 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13310 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13311 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13312 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13313 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13314 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13315 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13316 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, true);
13319 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13320 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13321 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13322 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13323 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13324 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13329 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13330 struct map_stub
*group
;
13332 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13334 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13336 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13338 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13340 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13342 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13345 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13346 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13347 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13350 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13351 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13353 section
= section
->next
)
13355 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13357 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13359 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13360 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13361 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13362 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13363 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13366 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13367 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13368 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13369 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13372 /* Get the relocs. */
13374 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13375 info
->keep_memory
);
13376 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13377 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13379 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13380 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13381 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13382 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13384 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13385 unsigned int r_indx
;
13386 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13387 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13388 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13389 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13390 bfd_vma destination
;
13391 unsigned long local_off
;
13393 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13394 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13395 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13398 const asection
*id_sec
;
13399 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13400 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13402 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13403 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13405 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13408 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13411 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13412 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13413 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13414 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13415 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13416 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13419 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13421 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13422 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13423 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13424 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13431 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13432 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13433 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13436 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13437 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13439 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13440 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13443 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13444 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13446 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13447 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13449 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13450 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13452 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13453 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13454 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13456 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13457 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13458 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13468 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13475 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13476 destination
= (sym_value
13477 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13478 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13479 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13484 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13485 code_value
= sym_value
;
13486 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13491 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13493 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13496 code_value
+= adjust
;
13497 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13499 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13500 &code_sec
, &code_value
, false);
13501 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13503 destination
= dest
;
13506 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13508 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13509 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13510 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13515 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13517 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13518 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13521 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13523 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13524 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13525 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13526 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13527 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13528 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13529 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13530 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13531 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13533 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13535 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13536 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13537 different object files when creating the
13538 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13539 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13540 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13541 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13542 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13543 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13544 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13545 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13546 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
))
13547 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13548 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13549 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13550 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13553 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13556 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13557 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13558 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13560 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13561 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13562 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13564 /* Get tls info. */
13565 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13567 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13568 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13569 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13570 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13571 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13575 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13578 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13579 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13580 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13581 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13582 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13583 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13584 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13586 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13587 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13588 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13591 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13594 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13595 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13597 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13598 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13600 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13602 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13603 stub_name
, false, false);
13604 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13606 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13608 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13609 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13610 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13611 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13612 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13613 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13615 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
13617 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc
13618 and other varieties of stubs. (The _both
13619 variety won't be created.) */
13620 bool notoc
= r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
13621 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
13622 = select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
13624 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13626 alt_stub
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
13627 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
13628 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13629 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13630 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13632 /* xgettext:c-format */
13634 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
13635 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13636 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13638 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
13639 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
13641 /* Sort notoc stubs first, for no good
13643 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
13644 alt_stub
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13646 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
13648 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13654 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13657 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13658 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13659 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13660 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13661 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13663 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13665 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13666 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13668 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13670 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13671 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13677 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13678 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13679 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13680 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13681 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13682 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13683 /* Fall through. */
13684 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13685 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13686 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13687 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13688 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13690 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13692 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13693 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13695 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13697 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13698 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13704 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13705 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13709 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13710 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13713 error_ret_free_internal
:
13714 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13715 free (internal_relocs
);
13716 error_ret_free_local
:
13717 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13718 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13723 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13724 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13725 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13727 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13728 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13732 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13733 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13735 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13736 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13737 stub_entry
->symtype
13738 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13739 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13742 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13743 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13744 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13747 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13748 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13749 free (internal_relocs
);
13752 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13753 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13755 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13758 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13762 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13764 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13766 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13767 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13768 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13770 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13772 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13773 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13774 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13775 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13776 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13777 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13778 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13781 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13783 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13784 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13785 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13786 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13787 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13790 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13791 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13792 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13793 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13794 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13795 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13796 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13797 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13799 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13801 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13802 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13803 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13805 if (info
->emitrelocations
13806 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13808 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13809 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13812 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13813 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13814 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13816 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13818 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13819 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13820 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13821 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13822 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13824 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13825 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13826 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13827 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13828 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13831 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13832 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13833 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13835 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13836 group
->stub_sec
->size
13837 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13840 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13841 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13842 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13843 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13844 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13848 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13849 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13850 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13851 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13852 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13853 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13854 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13857 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13858 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13861 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13862 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13865 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13866 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13867 struct map_stub
*group
;
13869 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13870 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13871 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13872 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13873 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13876 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13880 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13881 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13882 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13883 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13884 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13886 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13887 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13889 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13891 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13893 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13896 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13897 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13899 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13901 /* stub section size. */
13902 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13904 /* Augmentation. */
13906 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13907 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13908 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13909 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13911 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13914 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13916 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13919 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13920 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13922 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13925 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13927 /* Augmentation. */
13930 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
? 3 : 2);
13931 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13933 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13934 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 4 : 2);
13935 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13937 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13939 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13940 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13941 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13942 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13943 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13944 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13945 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13946 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13949 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13950 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13951 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13952 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13953 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13958 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13959 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13962 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13965 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13970 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13972 if (is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
)
13973 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13977 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
13978 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, ".TOC.", false, false, true);
13979 if (is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
))
13983 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13984 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13985 && (!is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
)
13986 || h
->def_regular
))
13988 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13989 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13994 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13995 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13996 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13997 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13998 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13999 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14000 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
14001 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14002 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
14003 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14005 /* This may happen for
14006 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
14008 o bad linker script
14009 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
14011 FIXME: Warn user? */
14013 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
14015 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14016 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
14018 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14021 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14022 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14023 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14026 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14027 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14031 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14032 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
14038 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
14040 /* Force alignment. */
14041 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
14042 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
14043 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
14045 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
14047 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14051 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
14053 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
14054 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14059 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
14060 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
14061 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
14062 NULL
, false, false, &bh
);
14068 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
14069 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
14072 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
14074 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
14075 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14076 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14079 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
14083 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14087 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14088 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14090 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
14091 table. Set it up. */
14092 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14093 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14096 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14098 if (!(h
->def_regular
14099 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14100 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
14102 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14104 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14105 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14106 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14108 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14110 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14114 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14115 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
14117 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14119 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14121 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14126 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
14128 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14130 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14131 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
14134 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
14135 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
14136 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14141 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
14142 + plt
->output_offset
14143 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14144 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14145 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14146 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14151 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14152 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14153 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14154 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14155 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14156 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14157 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14158 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14159 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14160 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14161 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14165 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14168 if (h
->def_regular
)
14171 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14172 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14175 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14176 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14177 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14183 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14184 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14185 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14187 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14188 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14190 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14192 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14193 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14195 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14197 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14198 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14199 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14200 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14201 htab
->stub_error
= true;
14204 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14205 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14207 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14208 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14213 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14214 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
14217 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14219 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14220 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14221 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14222 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14223 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14224 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14225 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14227 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14231 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14233 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14236 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14238 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14240 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14246 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14249 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14251 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14254 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14256 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14257 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14258 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14259 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14260 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14261 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14263 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14266 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14270 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14271 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14272 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14273 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14274 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14275 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14276 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14277 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14279 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14281 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14285 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14286 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14288 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14293 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14294 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14295 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14297 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14299 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14300 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14301 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14305 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14306 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14309 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14311 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14312 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14315 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14316 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14321 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14322 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14323 + plt
->output_offset
14324 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14325 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14328 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14330 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14335 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14337 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14339 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14340 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14341 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14342 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14346 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14347 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14349 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14352 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14358 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14359 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14362 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14364 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14365 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14367 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14369 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14370 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14371 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14372 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14373 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14375 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14377 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14378 htab
->stub_error
= true;
14382 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14383 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14384 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14386 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14387 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14390 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14393 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14395 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14398 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14399 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14407 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14409 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14410 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14412 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14413 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14415 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14416 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14418 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14419 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14420 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14421 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14426 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14427 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14428 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14431 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14434 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14435 struct map_stub
*group
;
14436 asection
*stub_sec
;
14438 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14443 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14444 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14446 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14447 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14448 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14449 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14451 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14453 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14455 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14459 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14464 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14465 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14467 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14468 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14469 true, false, false);
14472 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14474 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14475 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14476 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14477 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14478 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14479 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14480 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14482 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14485 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14486 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14488 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14490 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14493 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14494 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14495 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14496 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14498 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14499 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14500 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14504 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14506 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14508 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14510 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14512 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14514 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14516 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14518 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14520 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14522 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14530 . .quad plt0-1f # plt0 entry relative to 1:
14532 # We get here with r12 initially @ a glink branch
14533 # Load the address of _dl_runtime_resolve from plt0 and
14534 # jump to it, with r0 set to the index of the PLT entry
14535 # to be resolved and r11 the link map.
14536 __glink_PLTresolve:
14537 . std %r2,24(%r1) # optional
14543 . ld %r0,(0b-1b)(%r11)
14544 . sub %r12,%r12,%r11
14545 . add %r11,%r0,%r11
14546 . addi %r0,%r12,1b-2f
14553 . b __glink_PLTresolve
14555 . b __glink_PLTresolve */
14557 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
14559 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14562 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14564 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14566 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14568 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14570 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
14571 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-20 & 0xfffc);
14573 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc);
14574 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, insn
, p
);
14576 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14578 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R0_R11
, p
);
14580 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-44 & 0xffff), p
);
14582 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14584 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14586 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14588 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14591 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14593 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14595 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14597 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14603 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14608 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14610 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14615 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14616 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14622 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14624 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14625 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14626 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14628 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14629 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14633 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14634 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14636 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14640 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14641 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14643 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14646 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14648 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14650 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14653 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14655 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14656 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14657 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14661 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14662 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14664 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14665 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14666 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14668 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14669 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14671 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14672 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14673 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14675 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14676 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14679 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14680 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14682 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14683 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14684 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14685 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14689 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14690 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14695 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14696 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14701 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14702 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14704 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14705 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14707 /* Offset to stub section. */
14708 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14709 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14710 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14711 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14712 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14713 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14716 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14717 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14720 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14721 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14723 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14725 /* Offset to .glink. */
14726 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14727 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14729 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14730 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14731 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14732 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14735 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14736 htab
->glink
->name
);
14739 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14740 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14744 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14745 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14747 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14748 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14749 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14750 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14756 htab
->stub_error
= true;
14757 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14760 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14766 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14767 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14768 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14770 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14774 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14776 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14777 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14778 " branch both %lu\n"
14779 " long branch %lu\n"
14780 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14781 " long notoc %lu\n"
14784 " plt call save %lu\n"
14785 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14786 " plt call both %lu\n"
14787 " global entry %lu"),
14789 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14790 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14791 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14792 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14793 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14794 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14795 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14796 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14797 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14798 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14799 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14800 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14801 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14809 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14810 discarded sections. */
14812 static unsigned int
14813 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14815 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14818 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14821 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14824 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14827 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14830 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14834 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14836 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14837 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14838 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14839 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14840 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14841 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14842 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14843 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14844 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14845 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14846 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14847 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14848 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14849 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14850 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14851 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14852 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14853 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14854 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14855 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14856 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14857 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14858 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14859 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14860 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14861 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14862 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14864 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14865 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14866 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14867 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14868 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14869 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14870 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14871 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14872 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14873 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14874 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14875 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14876 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14877 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14878 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14879 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14887 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14888 to handle the relocations for a section.
14890 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14891 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14894 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14895 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14896 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14899 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14900 address or the reloc symbol index.
14902 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14904 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14905 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14907 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14908 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14910 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14911 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14912 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14913 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14917 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14918 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14920 asection
*input_section
,
14921 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14922 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14923 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14924 asection
**local_sections
)
14926 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14927 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14928 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14929 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14930 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14931 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14932 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14934 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14938 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14939 bool is_isa_v2
= true;
14940 bool warned_dynamic
= false;
14941 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14943 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14944 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14947 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14951 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14952 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14955 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14961 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14962 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14963 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14964 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14965 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14967 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14968 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14969 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14971 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14973 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14976 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14977 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14978 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14979 const char *sym_name
;
14980 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14981 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14982 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14983 unsigned char sym_type
;
14984 bfd_vma relocation
;
14985 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14987 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14990 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14991 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14993 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14994 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14995 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
15002 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
15003 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
15005 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
15006 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
15007 proper TOC base to use. */
15008 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
15010 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
15012 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
15018 unresolved_reloc
= false;
15021 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
15023 /* It's a local symbol. */
15024 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
15026 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
15027 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
15028 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
15029 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
15030 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
15031 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
15032 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
15034 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
15040 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
15041 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
15042 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
15043 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
15044 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
15045 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
15046 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
15048 relocation
+= adjust
;
15056 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
15057 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
15058 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
15059 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
15060 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
15061 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
15063 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
15064 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
15066 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
15067 such are defined in output sections, even those
15068 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
15069 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
15070 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
15071 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
15072 by the opd entry. */
15073 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
15074 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
15075 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15077 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15078 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
15079 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
15082 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
15083 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
15090 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
15092 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
15094 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
15095 input_bfd
, input_section
,
15096 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
15097 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15099 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
15101 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
15102 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
15103 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
15104 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
15105 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
15106 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
15112 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15115 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
15117 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15118 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
15119 unresolved_reloc
= false;
15122 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
15123 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
15124 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
15125 for the final instruction stream. */
15130 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
15131 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
15133 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
15134 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15135 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
15136 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15137 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
15139 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
15140 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15141 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15142 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15144 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15145 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15147 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15148 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15152 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15155 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
15156 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
15157 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
15158 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
15160 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
15161 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
15162 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
15164 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15165 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15166 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15167 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15168 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
15171 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15172 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
15173 /* xgettext:c-format */
15174 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
15175 /* xgettext:c-format */
15176 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
15177 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
15178 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
15182 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
15183 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
15184 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
15185 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
15186 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
15187 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15188 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15189 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15190 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15191 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15192 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15200 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15201 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15202 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15204 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15205 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15206 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15207 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15210 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15211 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15212 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15213 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15215 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15216 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15219 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15220 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15226 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15227 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15228 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15230 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15231 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15236 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15237 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15241 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15242 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15245 else if (retval
== 3)
15247 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15248 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15256 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15257 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15258 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15259 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15261 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15262 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15263 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15264 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15268 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15269 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15270 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15271 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15274 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15275 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15277 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15278 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15279 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15280 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15281 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15283 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15284 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15285 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15286 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15290 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15294 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15295 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15296 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15298 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15299 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15301 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15302 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15303 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15305 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15306 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15307 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15308 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15309 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15314 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15315 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15317 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15318 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15321 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15324 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15325 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15326 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15327 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15328 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15330 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15331 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15332 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15333 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15337 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15339 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15341 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15342 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15344 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15346 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15347 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15348 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15353 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15354 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15355 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15358 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15363 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15364 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15366 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15370 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15371 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15372 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15375 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15376 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15377 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15380 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15382 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15384 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15388 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15389 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15391 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15395 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15396 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15397 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15399 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15402 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15403 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15404 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15405 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15406 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15407 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15408 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15409 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15410 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15411 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15413 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15415 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15416 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15417 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15418 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15419 before the call by intervening code. */
15420 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15421 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15422 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15425 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15426 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15427 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15428 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15429 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15430 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15431 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15432 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15434 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15435 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15436 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15441 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15442 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15443 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15446 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15447 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15448 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15450 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15452 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15453 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15455 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15456 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15457 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15459 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15460 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15461 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15462 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15465 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15466 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15467 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15469 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15470 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15472 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15473 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15474 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15477 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15478 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15480 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15481 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15487 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15488 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15490 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15492 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15493 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15495 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15496 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15497 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15501 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15502 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15503 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15505 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15506 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15507 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15508 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15509 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15513 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15514 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15516 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15518 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15519 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15520 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15521 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15522 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15523 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15524 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15525 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15526 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15527 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15532 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15533 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15534 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15536 unsigned int insn2
;
15537 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15539 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15540 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15542 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15543 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15544 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15545 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15546 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15550 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15551 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15553 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15556 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15557 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15562 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15564 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15565 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15567 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15568 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15570 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15575 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15576 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15577 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15580 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15581 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15582 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15583 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15584 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15585 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15587 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15592 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15593 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15594 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15596 unsigned int insn2
;
15597 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15599 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15600 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15602 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15603 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15604 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15606 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15610 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15611 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15613 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15614 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15616 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15621 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15622 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15623 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15624 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15625 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15627 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15628 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15629 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15630 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15631 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15632 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15637 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15638 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15639 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15640 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15642 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15644 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15645 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15646 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15649 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15650 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15652 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15657 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15659 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15660 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15661 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15666 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15667 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15669 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15670 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15674 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15675 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15676 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15677 && !info
->traditional_format
15678 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15680 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15682 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15683 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15684 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15685 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15687 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15688 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15689 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15690 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15691 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15692 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15697 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15698 + input_section
->output_offset
15699 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15700 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15702 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15704 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15705 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15706 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15707 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15709 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15710 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15711 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15712 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15713 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15714 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15720 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15721 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15722 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15723 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15724 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15727 if .TOC. is in range. */
15728 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15729 && !info
->traditional_format
15731 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15732 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15733 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15734 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15735 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15736 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15737 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15739 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15740 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15741 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15742 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15743 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15744 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15746 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15747 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15748 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15749 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15750 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15751 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15757 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15759 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15760 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15761 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15767 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15768 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15769 + input_section
->output_offset
15770 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15771 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15772 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15774 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15776 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15777 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15778 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15779 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15783 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15784 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15785 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15786 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15787 /* Fall through. */
15789 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15790 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15791 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15792 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15793 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15794 /* Fall through. */
15796 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15797 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15798 /* Fall through. */
15800 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15801 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15802 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15803 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15804 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15805 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15806 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15807 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15808 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15813 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15814 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15815 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15817 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15818 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15819 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15820 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15821 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15824 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15825 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15826 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15827 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15828 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15829 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15830 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15832 bool can_plt_call
= false;
15834 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15836 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15838 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15840 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15841 can_plt_call
= true;
15843 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15845 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15846 can_plt_call
= true;
15849 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15850 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15851 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15852 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15856 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15857 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15862 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15863 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15864 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15865 can_plt_call
= true;
15866 else if (nop
== NOP
15867 || nop
== CROR_151515
15868 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15871 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15872 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15874 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15877 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15878 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15879 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15880 can_plt_call
= true;
15885 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15887 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15892 if (startswith (name
, "__libc_start_main")
15893 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15895 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15896 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15897 the same, if we could detect such. */
15898 can_plt_call
= true;
15904 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15905 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15906 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15907 global symbol and on the other a local call
15908 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15909 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15910 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15912 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15914 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15916 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15917 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15918 - sec
->output_offset
);
15920 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, false);
15922 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15923 can_plt_call
= true;
15928 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15929 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15930 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15931 /* xgettext:c-format */
15932 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15933 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15934 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15936 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15937 /* xgettext:c-format */
15938 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15939 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15940 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15947 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15948 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15949 unresolved_reloc
= false;
15952 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15953 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15954 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15955 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15957 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15958 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15959 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15960 - sec
->output_offset
);
15961 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
15962 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15966 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15970 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15972 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15973 + input_section
->output_offset
15974 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15976 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15980 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15981 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15982 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15983 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15984 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15985 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15986 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15987 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15990 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15991 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15992 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15993 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15994 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15995 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15996 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15997 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15998 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15999 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
16002 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16003 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
16004 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
16005 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
16006 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
16007 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16008 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
16009 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
16012 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
16014 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
16015 rather than the procedure directly. */
16016 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
16018 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
16019 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
16020 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
16021 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
16022 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
16023 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
16025 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
16026 + stub_sec
->output_offset
16027 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
16029 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
16031 if ((((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16032 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
16033 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
16034 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
16035 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16036 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
16037 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
16038 || ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
16039 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
16040 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
16041 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
))
16043 /* Skip over the r2 store at the start of the stub. */
16044 if (!(stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
16045 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
16047 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)))
16051 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16052 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
16053 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
16054 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16061 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
16062 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
16063 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
16064 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
16065 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
16066 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
16067 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
16073 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
16074 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
16075 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
16078 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16081 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
16082 We can thus call a weak function without first
16083 checking whether the function is defined. */
16085 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16086 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16087 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
16088 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
16092 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16097 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16098 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16099 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16101 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16102 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16104 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16105 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16106 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16108 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16109 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16111 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16112 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16113 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
16114 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16119 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16120 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16121 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16122 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16124 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16125 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
16127 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16128 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16129 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16131 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16132 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
16133 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16135 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16136 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16137 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
16138 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16140 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
16141 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
16143 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
16144 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16149 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16150 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16151 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16153 from
= (rel
->r_offset
16154 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
16155 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16156 if (!(relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
16158 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16159 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16160 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16163 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16164 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16166 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16167 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16168 != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
16171 /* Replace with paddi. */
16172 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
16173 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
16174 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16175 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
16176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16177 /* Fall through. */
16179 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16180 if (!htab
->params
->no_pcrel_opt
16181 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16182 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
16183 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
)
16184 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16186 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16187 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16189 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16190 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16191 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
16192 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
16194 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
16196 /* zero means next insn. */
16199 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
16202 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16203 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16205 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16207 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
16209 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16210 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16212 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16214 addend
+= addend_off
;
16215 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16216 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16217 contents
+ offset
);
16218 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16219 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16220 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16222 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16223 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16224 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16233 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16237 /* xgettext:c-format */
16238 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16239 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16241 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16247 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16248 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16249 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16250 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16251 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16252 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16253 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16256 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16257 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16258 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16259 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16260 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16261 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16262 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16263 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16264 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16265 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16268 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16269 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16270 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16271 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16272 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16273 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16276 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16277 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16278 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16279 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16280 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16281 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16284 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16285 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16286 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16287 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16288 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16289 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16292 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16293 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16294 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16295 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16296 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16297 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16298 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16301 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16306 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16307 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16309 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16310 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16311 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16316 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16317 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16318 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16319 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16320 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16321 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16322 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16323 because of a version file. */
16327 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16328 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16330 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16334 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16336 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16339 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16340 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16341 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16342 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16348 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16349 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16350 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16351 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16355 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16356 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16357 processed this entry. */
16359 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16363 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16364 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16372 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16373 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16376 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16377 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16378 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
16381 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16383 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16385 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16387 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
,
16389 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16390 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16392 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16393 + got
->output_offset
16395 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16396 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16398 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16399 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16400 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16402 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16403 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16404 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16405 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16407 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16408 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16410 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16413 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16414 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16415 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16416 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16417 else if (indx
!= 0)
16418 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16422 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16424 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16426 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16428 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16429 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16433 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16435 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16436 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16438 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16439 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16441 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16444 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16445 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16446 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16447 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16450 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16451 emitting a reloc. */
16454 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16457 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16461 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16464 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16465 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16466 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16469 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16471 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16472 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16476 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16477 got
->contents
+ off
);
16481 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16484 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16486 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16487 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
16488 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
16489 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
16490 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
16491 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16495 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16496 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16497 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16498 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16499 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16500 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16501 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16502 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16503 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16504 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16505 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16506 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16507 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16508 procedure linkage table. */
16509 unresolved_reloc
= true;
16511 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16513 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16514 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16516 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16517 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16518 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16522 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16524 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16525 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16526 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16531 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16532 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (h
)))
16535 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16536 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16537 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16539 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16541 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16542 + plt
->output_offset
16543 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16544 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16545 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16546 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16547 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16549 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16550 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16554 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16562 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16563 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16564 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16565 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16566 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16568 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16569 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16571 unresolved_reloc
= true;
16574 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16575 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16576 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16578 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16579 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16580 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16581 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16582 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16583 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16584 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16589 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16590 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16591 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16592 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16593 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16594 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16595 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16597 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16600 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16601 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16602 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16603 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16604 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16605 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16606 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16607 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16608 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16609 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16610 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16611 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16612 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16613 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16614 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16615 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16616 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16617 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16618 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16619 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16620 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16621 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16624 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16625 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16626 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16627 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16628 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16629 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16630 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16631 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16632 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16633 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16634 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16635 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16636 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16638 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16639 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16641 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16642 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16643 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16644 defined before using them. */
16645 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16647 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16648 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16650 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16653 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16654 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16655 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16656 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16657 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16660 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16661 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16662 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16663 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16664 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16665 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16666 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16667 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16668 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16669 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16670 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16671 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16672 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16673 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16674 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16677 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16678 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16683 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16688 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16689 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16690 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16693 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16694 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16695 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16696 /* Fall through. */
16698 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16700 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16701 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16702 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16703 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16704 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16705 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16706 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16707 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16708 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16709 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16710 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16711 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16712 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16713 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16714 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16715 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16716 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16717 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16718 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16719 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16720 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16721 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16722 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16723 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16724 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16725 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16726 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16727 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16729 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16730 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16731 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16734 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16737 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16740 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16742 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16743 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16744 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16746 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16747 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16749 bool skip
, relocate
;
16754 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16755 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16761 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16762 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16763 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16765 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16766 skip
= true, relocate
= true;
16767 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16768 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16769 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16770 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16772 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16773 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16774 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16775 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16776 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16777 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16778 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16779 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16780 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16781 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16784 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16786 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16788 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16790 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16791 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16792 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16796 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16797 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16798 at a local function. */
16799 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16800 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16802 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16804 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16805 when building shared libraries and we
16806 reference a function in another shared
16807 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16808 definition in an application that's
16809 overridden by a strong definition in a
16810 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16811 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16812 In these cases we won't use the opd
16813 entry in this lib. */
16814 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16817 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16819 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16820 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16821 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16824 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16826 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16827 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16828 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16829 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16836 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16837 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16839 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16840 /* xgettext:c-format */
16841 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16842 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16843 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16844 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16848 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16850 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16852 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16857 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16859 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16861 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16862 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16863 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16864 reduced to a relocation against their
16865 section symbol because it holds the
16866 address of the section, not a value
16867 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16868 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16869 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16870 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16871 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16872 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16877 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16880 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16881 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16882 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16884 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16885 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16887 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16890 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16891 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16892 the output section's address but not the
16893 offset of the input section in the output
16895 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16898 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16902 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16904 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16905 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16907 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16908 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16909 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
16911 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16914 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16917 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16918 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16919 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16921 if (!warned_dynamic
16922 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16924 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16925 /* xgettext:c-format */
16926 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16927 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16929 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16931 warned_dynamic
= true;
16934 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16935 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16936 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16937 that the section contents are a known value. */
16940 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16941 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16942 ignores section contents except for the special
16943 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16944 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16945 cause reloc overflow. */
16948 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16949 to improve backward compatibility with older
16951 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16952 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16953 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16954 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16955 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16961 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16962 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16963 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16964 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16965 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16967 /* Fall through. */
16969 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16970 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16971 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16972 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16973 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16974 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16975 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16976 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16977 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16979 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16980 /* xgettext:c-format */
16981 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16983 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16985 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16990 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16991 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16992 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16998 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16999 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
17000 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
17001 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
17002 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
17003 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
17004 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
17005 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
17006 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
17007 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
17008 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
17009 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
17013 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
17014 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
17015 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
17016 /* Fall through. */
17017 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
17018 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17020 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
17021 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
17022 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17024 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
17025 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
17026 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
17027 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
17028 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
17032 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
17033 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
17034 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17036 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17041 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17042 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
17043 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
17044 /* Fall through. */
17045 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17046 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17048 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
17049 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
17050 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
17051 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17056 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17057 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17059 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17062 /* Fall through. */
17063 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17064 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17065 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17066 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17067 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17068 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17069 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17070 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
17074 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17075 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17080 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
17081 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17082 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17084 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17087 /* Fall through. */
17088 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
17089 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
17090 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17091 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17092 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
17093 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17094 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
17095 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17096 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17097 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
17099 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17100 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17101 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
17103 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
17104 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
17105 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
17109 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17112 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17116 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17117 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
17119 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17120 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17125 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
17126 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17127 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
17129 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17130 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17131 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17133 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17138 /* Do any further special processing. */
17144 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
17145 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
17146 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
17147 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
17148 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17149 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
17150 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
17151 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
17152 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
17153 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17154 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
17155 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17156 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
17157 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17158 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17159 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
17160 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
17161 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17162 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17163 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
17164 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
17165 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
17166 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
17169 /* Fall through. */
17171 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17172 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17173 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17174 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17175 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17176 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17177 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17178 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
17179 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
17183 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17184 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17185 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17186 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17187 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17189 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
17192 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17193 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17194 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17195 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17196 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17197 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17198 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17199 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17200 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17201 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17202 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17203 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17204 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17205 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17206 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17207 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17208 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17209 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17210 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17211 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17213 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17214 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17215 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17216 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17217 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17218 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17219 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17220 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17222 relocation
+= addend
;
17223 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17224 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17226 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17227 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17228 /* xgettext:c-format */
17229 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17230 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17231 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17233 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17240 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17241 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17242 not process them. */
17243 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17244 if (unresolved_reloc
17245 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17246 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17247 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17248 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17250 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17251 /* xgettext:c-format */
17252 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17253 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17255 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17259 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17260 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17261 have different reloc types. */
17262 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17263 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17264 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17266 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17268 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17269 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17270 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17271 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17272 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17273 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17274 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17275 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17276 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17277 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17278 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17279 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17281 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17282 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17283 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17289 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17291 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17292 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17293 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17294 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17295 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17296 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17297 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17298 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17299 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17300 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17301 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17302 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17303 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17305 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17306 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17307 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17310 relocation
+= addend
;
17311 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17312 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17313 + input_section
->output_offset
17314 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17315 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17317 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17319 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17321 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17322 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17323 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17327 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17328 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17329 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17330 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17334 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17335 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17336 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17339 relocation
+= addend
;
17340 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17341 + input_section
->output_offset
17342 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17343 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17344 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17346 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17347 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17349 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17350 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17355 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17356 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17357 relocation
, addend
);
17360 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17362 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17363 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17365 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17367 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17368 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17370 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17371 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17372 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17373 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17377 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17379 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17380 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17382 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17384 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17385 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17386 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17387 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
17388 (info
, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
, sym_name
,
17389 reloc_name
, orig_rel
.r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17394 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17395 /* xgettext:c-format */
17396 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17397 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17398 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17410 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17411 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17413 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17414 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17415 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17417 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17419 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17420 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17423 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17424 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17425 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17428 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17429 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17430 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17431 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17432 opd_entry_value. */
17433 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17436 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17437 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17438 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17439 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17442 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17447 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17450 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17451 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17452 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17453 asection
*input_sec
,
17454 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17456 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17463 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17464 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17467 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17468 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17469 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17471 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17475 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17479 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17480 dynamic sections here. */
17483 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17484 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17486 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17488 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17489 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17491 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17495 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17496 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17497 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17499 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17500 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17501 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17502 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17503 function pointer comparisons work between an
17504 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17506 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17507 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17509 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17511 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17512 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17513 function pointer. */
17520 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17521 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17522 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17523 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17525 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17526 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17530 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17533 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17534 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17536 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17537 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17539 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17540 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17541 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17542 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17548 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17549 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17551 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17552 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17553 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17554 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17556 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17557 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17559 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17560 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17562 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17565 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17566 return reloc_class_relative
;
17567 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17568 return reloc_class_plt
;
17570 return reloc_class_copy
;
17572 return reloc_class_normal
;
17576 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17579 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17580 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17582 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17586 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17590 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17591 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17593 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17595 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17597 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17600 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17601 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17602 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17604 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17607 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17614 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17616 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17617 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17618 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17619 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17620 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17621 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17625 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17628 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17632 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17633 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17634 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17635 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17636 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17639 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17640 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17643 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17647 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17648 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17652 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17653 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17657 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17661 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
17662 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17663 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17664 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17668 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17672 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17673 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17675 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17676 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17677 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17678 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17679 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17681 /* Set .got entry size. */
17682 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17686 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17687 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17689 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17690 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17691 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17694 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17695 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17696 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17697 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17698 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17700 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17701 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17705 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17706 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17707 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17709 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17710 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17715 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17716 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17717 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17718 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17719 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17720 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17723 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17724 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17726 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17730 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17733 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17736 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17737 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17738 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17741 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17744 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17745 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17746 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17754 #include "elf64-target.h"
17756 /* FreeBSD support */
17758 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17759 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_le_vec
17760 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17761 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle-freebsd"
17763 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17764 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17765 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17766 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17769 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17772 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17774 #include "elf64-target.h"